Remove these two rights autoreview and torunblocked from mediawiki
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.28.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = array(
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * );
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See http://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * These are additional characters that should be replaced with '-' in filenames
402 */
403 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":";
404
405 /**
406 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
407 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
408 */
409 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
410
411 /**
412 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
413 */
414 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
415
416 /**
417 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
418 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
419 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
420 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
421 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
422 *
423 * Example:
424 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
425 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
426 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
427 *
428 * @see $wgFileBackends
429 */
430 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
431
432 /**
433 * File repository structures
434 *
435 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
436 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
437 * array of properties configuring the repository.
438 *
439 * Properties required for all repos:
440 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
441 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
442 * FSRepo is also supported for backwards compatibility.
443 *
444 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
445 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
446 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
447 *
448 * For most core repos:
449 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
450 * container : backend container name the zone is in
451 * directory : root path within container for the zone
452 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
453 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
454 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
455 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
456 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
457 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
458 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
459 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
460 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
461 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
462 * handler instead.
463 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
464 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
465 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
466 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
467 * - pathDisclosureProtection
468 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
469 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
470 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
471 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
472 * is 0644.
473 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
474 * some remote repos.
475 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
476 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
477 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
478 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
479 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
480 *
481 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
482 * for local repositories:
483 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
484 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
485 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
486 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
487 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
488 *
489 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
490 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
491 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
492 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
493 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
494 *
495 * ForeignDBRepo:
496 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
497 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
498 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
499 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
500 *
501 * ForeignAPIRepo:
502 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
503 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
504 *
505 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
506 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
507 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
508 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
509 * be searched after the local file repo.
510 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
511 *
512 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
513 */
514 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
515
516 /**
517 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
518 */
519 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
520
521 /**
522 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
523 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
524 * settings
525 */
526 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
527
528 /**
529 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
530 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
531 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
532 *
533 * Example:
534 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = array( 'shared' );
535 */
536 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [];
537
538 /**
539 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
540 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
541 *
542 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
543 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
544 *
545 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
546 */
547 $wgUploadDialog = [
548 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
549 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
550 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
551 'fields' => [
552 'description' => true,
553 'date' => false,
554 'categories' => false,
555 ],
556 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
557 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
558 'licensemessages' => [
559 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
560 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
561 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
562 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
563 'local' => 'generic-local',
564 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
568 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
569 ],
570 // Upload comment to use. Available replacements:
571 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
572 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
573 'comment' => '',
574 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
575 'format' => [
576 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
577 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
578 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
579 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
580 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
581 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
582 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
583 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
584 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
585 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
586 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
587 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
588 // * $TEXT - input by the user
589 'description' => '$TEXT',
590 'ownwork' => '',
591 'license' => '',
592 'uncategorized' => '',
593 ],
594 ];
595
596 /**
597 * File backend structure configuration.
598 *
599 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
600 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
601 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
602 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
603 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
604 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
605 *
606 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
607 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
608 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
609 *
610 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
611 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
612 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
613 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
614 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
615 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
616 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
617 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
618 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
619 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
620 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
621 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
622 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
623 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
624 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
625 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
626 */
627 $wgFileBackends = [];
628
629 /**
630 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
631 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
632 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
633 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
634 *
635 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
636 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
637 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
638 */
639 $wgLockManagers = [];
640
641 /**
642 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
643 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: http://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
644 *
645 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
646 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
647 * extensions" section of php.ini:
648 * @code{.ini}
649 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
650 * @endcode
651 */
652 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
653
654 /**
655 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
656 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
657 * Defaults to false.
658 */
659 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
660
661 /**
662 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
663 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
664 * $wgUploadDirectory.
665 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
666 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
667 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
668 * directory.
669 *
670 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
671 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
672 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
673 */
674 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
675
676 /**
677 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
678 */
679 $wgSharedUploadPath = "http://commons.wikimedia.org/shared/images";
680
681 /**
682 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
683 */
684 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
685
686 /**
687 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
688 */
689 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = "/var/www/wiki3/images";
690
691 /**
692 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
693 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
694 */
695 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
696
697 /**
698 * Optional table prefix used in database.
699 */
700 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
701
702 /**
703 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
704 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
705 */
706 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
707
708 /**
709 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
710 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
711 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
712 */
713 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
714
715 /**
716 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
717 *
718 * @since 1.20
719 */
720 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
721
722 /**
723 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
724 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
725 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
726 */
727 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
728
729 /**
730 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
731 * @since 1.20
732 */
733 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
734
735 /**
736 * Different timeout for upload by url
737 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
738 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
739 * to default.
740 *
741 * @since 1.22
742 */
743 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
744
745 /**
746 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
747 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
748 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
749 * for non-specified types.
750 *
751 * @par Example:
752 * @code
753 * $wgMaxUploadSize = array(
754 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
755 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
756 * );
757 * @endcode
758 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
759 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
760 */
761 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
762
763 /**
764 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
765 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
766 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
767 * @since 1.26
768 */
769 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
770
771 /**
772 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
773 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
774 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
775 *
776 * @par Example:
777 * @code
778 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
779 * @endcode
780 */
781 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
782
783 /**
784 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
785 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
786 * appended to it as appropriate.
787 */
788 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
789
790 /**
791 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
792 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
793 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
794 * access to the thumbnail path.
795 *
796 * @par Example:
797 * @code
798 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
799 * @endcode
800 */
801 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
802
803 /**
804 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
805 */
806 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
807
808 /**
809 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
810 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
811 *
812 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
813 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
814 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
815 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
816 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
817 *
818 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
819 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
820 */
821 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
822
823 /**
824 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
825 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
826 * directory layout.
827 */
828 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
829
830 /**
831 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
832 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
833 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
834 * image description page on this wiki.
835 *
836 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
837 */
838 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
839
840 /**
841 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
842 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
843 *
844 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
845 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
846 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
847 */
848 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
849
850 /**
851 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
852 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
853 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
854 */
855 $wgFileBlacklist = [
856 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
857 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
858 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
859 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
860 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
861 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
862 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
863 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
864
865 /**
866 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
867 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
868 */
869 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
870 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
871 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
872 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
873 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
874 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
875 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
876 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
877 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
878 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
879 'application/x-msmetafile',
880 ];
881
882 /**
883 * Allow Java archive uploads.
884 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
885 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
886 */
887 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
888
889 /**
890 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
891 *
892 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
893 */
894 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
895
896 /**
897 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
898 * by $wgFileExtensions.
899 *
900 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
901 */
902 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
903
904 /**
905 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
906 *
907 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
908 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
909 */
910 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
911
912 /**
913 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
914 */
915 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
916
917 /**
918 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
919 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
920 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
921 *
922 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
923 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
924 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
925 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
926 */
927 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
928 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
929 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
930 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
931 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
932 "application/pdf", // PDF files
933 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
934 ];
935
936 /**
937 * Plugins for media file type handling.
938 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
939 */
940 $wgMediaHandlers = [
941 'image/jpeg' => 'JpegHandler',
942 'image/png' => 'PNGHandler',
943 'image/gif' => 'GIFHandler',
944 'image/tiff' => 'TiffHandler',
945 'image/webp' => 'WebPHandler',
946 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'BmpHandler',
947 'image/x-bmp' => 'BmpHandler',
948 'image/x-xcf' => 'XCFHandler',
949 'image/svg+xml' => 'SvgHandler', // official
950 'image/svg' => 'SvgHandler', // compat
951 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // official
952 'image/x.djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // compat
953 'image/x-djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // compat
954 ];
955
956 /**
957 * Plugins for page content model handling.
958 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
959 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
960 *
961 * @since 1.21
962 */
963 $wgContentHandlers = [
964 // the usual case
965 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
966 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
967 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
968 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
969 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
970 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
971 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
972 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
973 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
974 ];
975
976 /**
977 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
978 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
979 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
980 */
981 $wgUseImageResize = true;
982
983 /**
984 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
985 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
986 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
987 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
988 *
989 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
990 */
991 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
992
993 /**
994 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
995 */
996 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
997
998 /**
999 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1000 * @since 1.27
1001 */
1002 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1003
1004 /**
1005 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1006 */
1007 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1008
1009 /**
1010 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1011 */
1012 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1013
1014 /**
1015 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1016 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1017 */
1018 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1019
1020 /**
1021 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1022 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1023 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1024 *
1025 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1026 * @code
1027 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1028 * @endcode
1029 *
1030 * Leave as false to skip this.
1031 */
1032 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1033
1034 /**
1035 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1036 *
1037 * @since 1.21
1038 */
1039 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1040
1041 /**
1042 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1043 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1044 * at sharp edges.
1045 *
1046 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1047 *
1048 * Supported values:
1049 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1050 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1051 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1052 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1053 *
1054 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1055 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1056 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1057 *
1058 * @since 1.27
1059 */
1060 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1061
1062 /**
1063 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1064 * image formats.
1065 */
1066 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1067
1068 /**
1069 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1070 *
1071 * @since 1.26
1072 */
1073 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1074
1075 /**
1076 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1077 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1078 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1079 *
1080 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1081 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1082 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1083 */
1084 $wgSVGConverters = [
1085 'ImageMagick' =>
1086 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1087 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1088 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1089 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1090 . '$output $input',
1091 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1092 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1093 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1094 ];
1095
1096 /**
1097 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1098 */
1099 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1100
1101 /**
1102 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1103 */
1104 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1105
1106 /**
1107 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1108 */
1109 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1110
1111 /**
1112 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1113 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1114 */
1115 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1116
1117 /**
1118 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1119 *
1120 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1121 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1122 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1123 *
1124 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1125 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1126 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1127 */
1128 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1129
1130 /**
1131 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1132 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1133 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1134 *
1135 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1136 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1137 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1138 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1139 *
1140 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1141 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1142 */
1143 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1144
1145 /**
1146 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1147 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1148 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1149 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1150 */
1151 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1152
1153 /**
1154 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1155 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1156 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1157 *
1158 * @par Example:
1159 * @code
1160 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1161 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = array( 'png', 'image/png' );
1162 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1163 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = array( 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' );
1164 * @endcode
1165 */
1166 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1167
1168 /**
1169 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1170 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1171 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1172 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1173 */
1174 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1175
1176 /**
1177 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1178 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1179 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1180 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1181 */
1182 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1183
1184 /**
1185 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1186 * output instead of showing an error message.
1187 *
1188 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1189 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1190 *
1191 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1192 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1193 * are logged to a file for review.
1194 */
1195 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1196
1197 /**
1198 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1199 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1200 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1201 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1202 * webserver(s).
1203 */
1204 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1205
1206 /**
1207 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1208 */
1209 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1210
1211 /**
1212 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1213 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1214 * is available that can rotate.
1215 */
1216 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1217
1218 /**
1219 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1220 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1221 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1222 */
1223 $wgAntivirus = null;
1224
1225 /**
1226 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1227 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1228 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1229 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1230 *
1231 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1232 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1233 *
1234 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1235 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1236 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1237 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1238 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1239 * path.
1240 *
1241 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1242 * function in SpecialUpload.
1243 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1244 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1245 * is not set.
1246 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1247 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1248 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1249 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1250 * no virus was found.
1251 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1252 * a virus.
1253 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1254 *
1255 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1256 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1257 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1258 */
1259 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1260
1261 # setup for clamav
1262 'clamav' => [
1263 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1264 'codemap' => [
1265 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1266 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1267 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1268 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1269 ],
1270 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1271 ],
1272 ];
1273
1274 /**
1275 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1276 */
1277 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1278
1279 /**
1280 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1281 */
1282 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1283
1284 /**
1285 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1286 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1287 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1288 */
1289 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1290
1291 /**
1292 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1293 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1294 */
1295 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1296
1297 /**
1298 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1299 * the MIME type to standard output.
1300 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1301 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1302 *
1303 * @par Example:
1304 * @code
1305 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1306 * @endcode
1307 */
1308 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1309
1310 /**
1311 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1312 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1313 * can be trusted.
1314 */
1315 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1316
1317 /**
1318 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1319 * array = ( 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' )
1320 */
1321 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1322 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1323 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1324 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1325 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1326 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1327 ];
1328
1329 /**
1330 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1331 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1332 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1333 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1334 * change it if you alter the array (see bug 8858).
1335 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1336 */
1337 $wgImageLimits = [
1338 [ 320, 240 ],
1339 [ 640, 480 ],
1340 [ 800, 600 ],
1341 [ 1024, 768 ],
1342 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1343 ];
1344
1345 /**
1346 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1347 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1348 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1349 */
1350 $wgThumbLimits = [
1351 120,
1352 150,
1353 180,
1354 200,
1355 250,
1356 300
1357 ];
1358
1359 /**
1360 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1361 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1362 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1363 *
1364 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1365 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1366 * supports it.
1367 */
1368 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1369
1370 /**
1371 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1372 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1373 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1374 * following buckets:
1375 *
1376 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = array ( 128, 256, 512 );
1377 *
1378 * and a distance of 50:
1379 *
1380 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1381 *
1382 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1383 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1384 */
1385 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1386
1387 /**
1388 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1389 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1390 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1391 *
1392 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1393 *
1394 * @since 1.25
1395 */
1396
1397 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1398
1399 /**
1400 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1401 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1402 *
1403 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1404 * thumbnail's URL.
1405 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1406 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1407 *
1408 * @since 1.25
1409 */
1410 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1411
1412 /**
1413 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1414 *
1415 * @since 1.25
1416 */
1417 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1418
1419 /**
1420 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1421 * HTTP request to.
1422 *
1423 * @since 1.25
1424 */
1425 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1426
1427 /**
1428 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1429 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1430 *
1431 * @since 1.26
1432 */
1433 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1434
1435 /**
1436 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1437 */
1438 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1439 'imagesPerRow' => 0, // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1440 'imageWidth' => 120, // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1441 'imageHeight' => 120, // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1442 'captionLength' => 25, // Length of caption to truncate (in characters)
1443 'showBytes' => true, // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1444 'mode' => 'traditional',
1445 ];
1446
1447 /**
1448 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1449 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1450 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1451 */
1452 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1453
1454 /**
1455 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1456 */
1457 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1458
1459 /**
1460 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1461 *
1462 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1463 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1464 *
1465 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1466 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1467 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1468 */
1469 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1470
1471 /**
1472 * @name DJVU settings
1473 * @{
1474 */
1475
1476 /**
1477 * Path of the djvudump executable
1478 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1479 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1480 */
1481 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1482
1483 /**
1484 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1485 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1486 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1487 */
1488 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1489
1490 /**
1491 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1492 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1493 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1494 */
1495 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1496
1497 /**
1498 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1499 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1500 *
1501 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1502 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1503 * the efficiency problem.
1504 * http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1505 *
1506 * @par Example:
1507 * @code
1508 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1509 * @endcode
1510 */
1511 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1512
1513 /**
1514 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1515 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1516 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1517 */
1518 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1519
1520 /**
1521 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1522 */
1523 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1524
1525 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1526
1527 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1528
1529 /************************************************************************//**
1530 * @name Email settings
1531 * @{
1532 */
1533
1534 /**
1535 * Site admin email address.
1536 *
1537 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1538 */
1539 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1540
1541 /**
1542 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1543 *
1544 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1545 *
1546 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1547 */
1548 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1549
1550 /**
1551 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1552 *
1553 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1554 */
1555 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1556
1557 /**
1558 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1559 *
1560 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1561 */
1562 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1563
1564 /**
1565 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1566 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1567 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1568 */
1569 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1570
1571 /**
1572 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1573 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1574 */
1575 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1576
1577 /**
1578 * Set to true to put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1579 * instead of From. ($wgEmergencyContact will be used as From.)
1580 *
1581 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1582 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1583 * when bounces are sent to the sender.
1584 */
1585 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = false;
1586
1587 /**
1588 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1589 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1590 */
1591 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1592
1593 /**
1594 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1595 */
1596 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1597
1598 /**
1599 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1600 */
1601 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1602
1603 /**
1604 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1605 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1606 */
1607 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1608
1609 /**
1610 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1611 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1612 */
1613 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1614
1615 /**
1616 * SMTP Mode.
1617 *
1618 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1619 * Default to false or fill an array :
1620 *
1621 * @code
1622 * $wgSMTP = array(
1623 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1624 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1625 * 'port' => '25',
1626 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1627 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1628 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1629 * );
1630 * @endcode
1631 */
1632 $wgSMTP = false;
1633
1634 /**
1635 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1636 */
1637 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1638
1639 /**
1640 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1641 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1642 */
1643 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1644
1645 /**
1646 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1647 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1648 */
1649 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1650
1651 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1652 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1653 # enable or disable at their discretion
1654 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1655 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1656
1657 /**
1658 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1659 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1660 * spam relay.
1661 */
1662 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1663
1664 /**
1665 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1666 */
1667 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1668
1669 /**
1670 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1671 * user talk page.
1672 */
1673 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1674
1675 /**
1676 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1677 * allowed this in the preferences.
1678 */
1679 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1680
1681 /**
1682 * Send notification mails on minor edits to watchlist pages. This is enabled
1683 * by default. User talk notifications are affected by this, $wgEnotifUserTalk, and
1684 * the nominornewtalk user right.
1685 */
1686 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1687
1688 /**
1689 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1690 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1691 *
1692 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1693 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1694 */
1695 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1696
1697 /**
1698 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1699 * match the limit on your mail server.
1700 */
1701 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1702
1703 /**
1704 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1705 */
1706 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1707
1708 /**
1709 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1710 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1711 */
1712 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1713
1714 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1715
1716 /************************************************************************//**
1717 * @name Database settings
1718 * @{
1719 */
1720
1721 /**
1722 * Database host name or IP address
1723 */
1724 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1725
1726 /**
1727 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1728 */
1729 $wgDBport = 5432;
1730
1731 /**
1732 * Name of the database
1733 */
1734 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1735
1736 /**
1737 * Database username
1738 */
1739 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1740
1741 /**
1742 * Database user's password
1743 */
1744 $wgDBpassword = '';
1745
1746 /**
1747 * Database type
1748 */
1749 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1750
1751 /**
1752 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1753 *
1754 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1755 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1756 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1757 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1758 */
1759 $wgDBssl = false;
1760
1761 /**
1762 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1763 *
1764 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1765 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1766 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1767 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1768 */
1769 $wgDBcompress = false;
1770
1771 /**
1772 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1773 */
1774 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1775
1776 /**
1777 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1778 */
1779 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1780
1781 /**
1782 * Search type.
1783 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1784 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1785 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1786 */
1787 $wgSearchType = null;
1788
1789 /**
1790 * Alternative search types
1791 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1792 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1793 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1794 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1795 */
1796 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1797
1798 /**
1799 * Table name prefix
1800 */
1801 $wgDBprefix = '';
1802
1803 /**
1804 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1805 */
1806 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1807
1808 /**
1809 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1810 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1811 * DBA has done his best job.
1812 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1813 */
1814 $wgSQLMode = '';
1815
1816 /**
1817 * Mediawiki schema
1818 */
1819 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1820
1821 /**
1822 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1823 */
1824 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1825
1826 /**
1827 * Make all database connections secretly go to localhost. Fool the load balancer
1828 * thinking there is an arbitrarily large cluster of servers to connect to.
1829 * Useful for debugging.
1830 */
1831 $wgAllDBsAreLocalhost = false;
1832
1833 /**
1834 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1835 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1836 * main database.
1837 *
1838 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1839 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1840 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1841 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1842 *
1843 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1844 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1845 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1846 *
1847 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1848 * $wgDBprefix.
1849 *
1850 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1851 * $wgDBmwschema.
1852 *
1853 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1854 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1855 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1856 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1857 */
1858 $wgSharedDB = null;
1859
1860 /**
1861 * @see $wgSharedDB
1862 */
1863 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1864
1865 /**
1866 * @see $wgSharedDB
1867 */
1868 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1869
1870 /**
1871 * @see $wgSharedDB
1872 * @since 1.23
1873 */
1874 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1875
1876 /**
1877 * Database load balancer
1878 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1879 * Fields are:
1880 * - host: Host name
1881 * - dbname: Default database name
1882 * - user: DB user
1883 * - password: DB password
1884 * - type: DB type
1885 *
1886 * - load: Ratio of DB_SLAVE load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1887 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1888 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1889 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1890 *
1891 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1892 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1893 *
1894 * - flags: bit field
1895 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if !$wgCommandLineMode (recommended)
1896 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1897 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1898 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1899 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1900 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1901 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1902 * if available
1903 *
1904 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a slave will taken out of rotation
1905 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1906 *
1907 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1908 * variable of the Database object.
1909 *
1910 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1911 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1912 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1913 *
1914 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1915 * rest of the servers will be slaves. To prevent writes to your slaves due to
1916 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1917 * slaves in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1918 *
1919 * @code
1920 * SET @@read_only=1;
1921 * @endcode
1922 *
1923 * Since the effect of writing to a slave is so damaging and difficult to clean
1924 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1925 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1926 */
1927 $wgDBservers = false;
1928
1929 /**
1930 * Load balancer factory configuration
1931 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1932 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1933 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1934 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1935 *
1936 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1937 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1938 */
1939 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1940
1941 /**
1942 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1943 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1944 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1945 * @since 1.27
1946 */
1947 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1948
1949 /**
1950 * File to log database errors to
1951 */
1952 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1953
1954 /**
1955 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1956 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1957 *
1958 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1959 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1960 *
1961 * @par Examples:
1962 * @code
1963 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1964 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1965 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1966 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1967 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1968 * @endcode
1969 *
1970 * @since 1.20
1971 */
1972 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1973
1974 /**
1975 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1976 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1977 *
1978 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1979 *
1980 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1981 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
1982 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
1983 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
1984 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
1985 *
1986 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
1987 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
1988 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
1989 */
1990 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
1991
1992 /**
1993 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
1994 *
1995 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
1996 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
1997 * block).
1998 *
1999 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2000 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2001 * connections.
2002 *
2003 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2004 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2005 * pooled.
2006 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2007 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2008 *
2009 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2010 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2011 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2012 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2013 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2014 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2015 *
2016 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2017 *
2018 */
2019 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2020
2021 /**
2022 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2023 * account.
2024 * Array numeric key => database name
2025 */
2026 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2027
2028 /**
2029 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2030 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2031 * show a more obvious warning.
2032 */
2033 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2034
2035 /**
2036 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2037 */
2038 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2039
2040 /**
2041 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2042 */
2043 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2044
2045 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2046
2047 /************************************************************************//**
2048 * @name Text storage
2049 * @{
2050 */
2051
2052 /**
2053 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2054 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2055 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2056 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2057 */
2058 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2059
2060 /**
2061 * External stores allow including content
2062 * from non database sources following URL links.
2063 *
2064 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2065 * @code
2066 * $wgExternalStores = array("http","file","custom")...
2067 * @endcode
2068 *
2069 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2070 */
2071 $wgExternalStores = [];
2072
2073 /**
2074 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2075 *
2076 * @par Example:
2077 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2078 * @code
2079 * $wgExternalServers = array(
2080 * 'cluster1' => array( 'srv28', 'srv29', 'srv30' )
2081 * );
2082 * @endcode
2083 *
2084 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2085 * another class.
2086 */
2087 $wgExternalServers = [];
2088
2089 /**
2090 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2091 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2092 *
2093 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2094 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2095 *
2096 * @par Example:
2097 * @code
2098 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = array( 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' );
2099 * @endcode
2100 *
2101 * @var array
2102 */
2103 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2104
2105 /**
2106 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2107 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2108 *
2109 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2110 */
2111 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 0;
2112
2113 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2114
2115 /************************************************************************//**
2116 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2117 * @{
2118 */
2119
2120 /**
2121 * Disable database-intensive features
2122 */
2123 $wgMiserMode = false;
2124
2125 /**
2126 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2127 */
2128 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2129
2130 /**
2131 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2132 */
2133 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2134
2135 /**
2136 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2137 */
2138 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2139
2140 /**
2141 * Enable slow parser functions
2142 */
2143 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2144
2145 /**
2146 * Allow schema updates
2147 */
2148 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2149
2150 /**
2151 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2152 */
2153 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2154
2155 /**
2156 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2157 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2158 */
2159 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2160
2161 /**
2162 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2163 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2164 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2165 * @since 1.26
2166 */
2167 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2168
2169 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2170
2171 /************************************************************************//**
2172 * @name Cache settings
2173 * @{
2174 */
2175
2176 /**
2177 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2178 * from the web.
2179 *
2180 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2181 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2182 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2183 */
2184 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2185
2186 /**
2187 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2188 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2189 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2190 *
2191 * The options are:
2192 *
2193 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2194 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2195 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2196 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2197 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, XCache or WinCache
2198 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2199 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2200 *
2201 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2202 */
2203 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2204
2205 /**
2206 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2207 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2208 *
2209 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2210 */
2211 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2212
2213 /**
2214 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2215 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2216 *
2217 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2218 */
2219 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2220
2221 /**
2222 * The cache type for storing session data.
2223 *
2224 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2225 */
2226 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2227
2228 /**
2229 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2230 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2231 *
2232 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2233 *
2234 * @since 1.20
2235 */
2236 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2237
2238 /**
2239 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2240 *
2241 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2242 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2243 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2244 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2245 *
2246 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2247 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2248 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2249 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2250 */
2251 $wgObjectCaches = [
2252 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2253 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2254
2255 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2256 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2257 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2258
2259 'db-replicated' => [
2260 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2261 'readFactory' => [
2262 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2263 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2264 ],
2265 'writeFactory' => [
2266 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2267 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2268 ],
2269 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff'
2270 ],
2271
2272 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2273 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2274 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2275 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2276 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2277 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2278 ];
2279
2280 /**
2281 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2282 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2283 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2284 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2285 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2286 *
2287 * The options are:
2288 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2289 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2290 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2291 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2292 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2293 * @since 1.26
2294 */
2295 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2296
2297 /**
2298 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2299 *
2300 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2301 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2302 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2303 *
2304 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2305 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2306 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2307 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2308 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2309 *
2310 * @since 1.26
2311 */
2312 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2313 CACHE_NONE => [
2314 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2315 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2316 'channels' => []
2317 ]
2318 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2319 'memcached-php' => [
2320 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2321 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2322 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2323 ]
2324 */
2325 ];
2326
2327 /**
2328 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2329 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2330 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2331 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2332 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2333 *
2334 * The options are:
2335 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2336 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2337 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2338 *
2339 * @since 1.26
2340 */
2341 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2342
2343 /**
2344 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2345 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2346 */
2347 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2348
2349 /**
2350 * Deprecated alias for $wgSessionsInObjectCache.
2351 *
2352 * @deprecated since 1.20; Use $wgSessionsInObjectCache
2353 */
2354 $wgSessionsInMemcached = true;
2355
2356 /**
2357 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2358 */
2359 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2360
2361 /**
2362 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2363 */
2364 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2365
2366 /**
2367 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2368 */
2369 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2370
2371 /**
2372 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2373 *
2374 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2375 *
2376 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2377 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2378 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2379 * others' cookies.
2380 *
2381 * @since 1.27
2382 * @var string
2383 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2384 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2385 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2386 */
2387 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2388
2389 /**
2390 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2391 */
2392 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2393
2394 /**
2395 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2396 */
2397 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2398
2399 /**
2400 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2401 * requests.
2402 */
2403 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2404
2405 /**
2406 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2407 */
2408 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2409
2410 /**
2411 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2412 *
2413 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2414 *
2415 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2416 *
2417 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2418 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2419 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2420 */
2421 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2422
2423 /**
2424 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2425 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2426 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2427 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2428 */
2429 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2430
2431 /**
2432 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2433 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2434 *
2435 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2436 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2437 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2438 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2439 * otherwise the database will be used.
2440 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2441 * store static arrays.
2442 *
2443 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2444 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2445 *
2446 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2447 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2448 * will be used.
2449 *
2450 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2451 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2452 */
2453 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2454 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2455 'store' => 'detect',
2456 'storeClass' => false,
2457 'storeDirectory' => false,
2458 'manualRecache' => false,
2459 ];
2460
2461 /**
2462 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2463 */
2464 $wgCachePages = true;
2465
2466 /**
2467 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2468 * client-side and server-side caching.
2469 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2470 * @verbatim
2471 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2472 * @endverbatim
2473 */
2474 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2475
2476 /**
2477 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2478 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2479 */
2480 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2481
2482 /**
2483 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2484 *
2485 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2486 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2487 * styles.
2488 */
2489 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2490
2491 /**
2492 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2493 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2494 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2495 */
2496 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2497
2498 /**
2499 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2500 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2501 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2502 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2503 */
2504 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2505
2506 /**
2507 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2508 * @deprecated 1.26
2509 */
2510 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2511
2512 /**
2513 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2514 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2515 */
2516 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2517
2518 /**
2519 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2520 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2521 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2522 *
2523 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2524 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2525 * don't update as expected.
2526 */
2527 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2528
2529 /**
2530 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2531 */
2532 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2533
2534 /**
2535 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2536 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2537 *
2538 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2539 */
2540 $wgUseGzip = false;
2541
2542 /**
2543 * Whether MediaWiki should send an ETag header. Seems to cause
2544 * broken behavior with Squid 2.6, see bug 7098.
2545 */
2546 $wgUseETag = false;
2547
2548 /**
2549 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2550 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2551 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2552 * a grace period.
2553 */
2554 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2555
2556 /**
2557 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2558 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2559 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2560 *
2561 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2562 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2563 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2564 */
2565 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2566
2567 /**
2568 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2569 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2570 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2571 *
2572 * @par Example:
2573 * @code
2574 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2575 * @endcode
2576 *
2577 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2578 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2579 *
2580 * @var int|bool
2581 */
2582 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2583
2584 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2585
2586 /************************************************************************//**
2587 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2588 *
2589 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2590 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2591 *
2592 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2593 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2594 * more details.
2595 *
2596 * @{
2597 */
2598
2599 /**
2600 * Enable/disable CDN.
2601 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2602 */
2603 $wgUseSquid = false;
2604
2605 /**
2606 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2607 */
2608 $wgUseESI = false;
2609
2610 /**
2611 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2612 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2613 * @since 1.27
2614 */
2615 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2616
2617 /**
2618 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2619 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2620 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2621 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2622 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2623 * HTTP redirects.
2624 */
2625 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2626
2627 /**
2628 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2629 *
2630 * @par Example:
2631 * @code
2632 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2633 * @endcode
2634 */
2635 $wgInternalServer = false;
2636
2637 /**
2638 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2639 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2640 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2641 *
2642 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2643 */
2644 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2645
2646 /**
2647 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB slave lag is high
2648 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2649 * @since 1.27
2650 */
2651 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2652
2653 /**
2654 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2655 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2656 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2657 * slave lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2658 *
2659 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2660 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2661 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2662 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2663 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2664 *
2665 * @since 1.27
2666 */
2667 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2668
2669 /**
2670 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2671 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2672 * @since 1.27
2673 */
2674 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2675
2676 /**
2677 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2678 *
2679 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2680 */
2681 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2682
2683 /**
2684 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2685 *
2686 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2687 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2688 *
2689 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2690 */
2691 $wgSquidServers = [];
2692
2693 /**
2694 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2695 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2696 * CIDR blocks.
2697 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2698 */
2699 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2700
2701 /**
2702 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2703 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2704 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2705 *
2706 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2707 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2708 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2709 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2710 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2711 *
2712 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2713 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2714 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2715 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2716 * reverse).
2717 *
2718 * @since 1.21
2719 */
2720 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2721
2722 /**
2723 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2724 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2725 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2726 *
2727 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2728 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2729 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2730 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2731 *
2732 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2733 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2734 * @code
2735 * $wgHTCPRouting = array(
2736 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => array(
2737 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2738 * 'port' => 4827,
2739 * ),
2740 * '' => array(
2741 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2742 * 'port' => 4827,
2743 * ),
2744 * );
2745 * @endcode
2746 *
2747 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2748 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2749 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2750 *
2751 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2752 * @code
2753 * $wgHTCPRouting = array(
2754 * '' => array(
2755 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2756 * array( 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ),
2757 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2758 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ),
2759 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ),
2760 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ),
2761 * ),
2762 * );
2763 * @endcode
2764 *
2765 * @since 1.22
2766 *
2767 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2768 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2769 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2770 *
2771 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2772 */
2773 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2774
2775 /**
2776 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2777 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2778 */
2779 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2780
2781 /**
2782 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2783 */
2784 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2785
2786 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2787
2788 /************************************************************************//**
2789 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2790 * @{
2791 */
2792
2793 /**
2794 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2795 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2796 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2797 *
2798 * Warning: Don't use language codes listed in $wgDummyLanguageCodes like "no"
2799 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead), or things will break unexpectedly.
2800 *
2801 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2802 * change it in their preferences.
2803 *
2804 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2805 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2806 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2807 */
2808 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2809
2810 /**
2811 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2812 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2813 */
2814 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2815
2816 /**
2817 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2818 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2819 *
2820 * @par Example:
2821 * @code
2822 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2823 * @endcode
2824 */
2825 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2826
2827 /**
2828 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2829 */
2830 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2831
2832 /**
2833 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2834 */
2835 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2836
2837 /**
2838 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2839 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2840 * Notes:
2841 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2842 * map.
2843 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2844 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2845 * this array.
2846 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2847 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2848 * the prefix in this array.
2849 */
2850 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2851
2852 /**
2853 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2854 */
2855 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2856
2857 /**
2858 * List of language codes that don't correspond to an actual language.
2859 * These codes are mostly left-offs from renames, or other legacy things.
2860 * This array makes them not appear as a selectable language on the installer,
2861 * and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2862 */
2863 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [
2864 'als' => 'gsw',
2865 'bat-smg' => 'sgs',
2866 'be-x-old' => 'be-tarask',
2867 'bh' => 'bho',
2868 'fiu-vro' => 'vro',
2869 'no' => 'nb',
2870 'qqq' => 'qqq', # Used for message documentation.
2871 'qqx' => 'qqx', # Used for viewing message keys.
2872 'roa-rup' => 'rup',
2873 'simple' => 'en',
2874 'zh-classical' => 'lzh',
2875 'zh-min-nan' => 'nan',
2876 'zh-yue' => 'yue',
2877 ];
2878
2879 /**
2880 * Character set for use in the article edit box. Language-specific encodings
2881 * may be defined.
2882 *
2883 * This historic feature is one of the first that was added by former MediaWiki
2884 * team leader Brion Vibber, and is used to support the Esperanto x-system.
2885 */
2886 $wgEditEncoding = '';
2887
2888 /**
2889 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2890 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2891 * set to "ar".
2892 *
2893 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2894 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2895 */
2896 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2897
2898 /**
2899 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2900 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2901 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2902 * support these characters.
2903 *
2904 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2905 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2906 */
2907 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2908
2909 /**
2910 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2911 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2912 * impact.
2913 *
2914 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2915 * details.
2916 *
2917 * @since 1.17
2918 */
2919 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2920
2921 /**
2922 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2923 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2924 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2925 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2926 *
2927 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2928 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2929 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2930 */
2931 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2932
2933 /**
2934 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2935 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2936 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2937 */
2938 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2939 /**
2940 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2941 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2942 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2943 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2944 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2945 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2946 *
2947 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2948 */
2949 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2950 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2951 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2952
2953 /**
2954 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2955 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2956 *
2957 * Known useragents:
2958 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2959 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2960 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2961 * - [...]
2962 *
2963 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2964 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2965 */
2966 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2967
2968 /**
2969 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2970 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2971 */
2972 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2973 ];
2974
2975 /**
2976 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2977 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2978 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2979 *
2980 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2981 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2982 * to remain viewable.
2983 *
2984 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
2985 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
2986 */
2987 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
2988
2989 /**
2990 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
2991 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
2992 */
2993 $wgAmericanDates = false;
2994
2995 /**
2996 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
2997 * numerals in interface.
2998 */
2999 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3000
3001 /**
3002 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3003 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3004 */
3005 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3006
3007 /**
3008 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3009 */
3010 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3011
3012 /**
3013 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3014 */
3015 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3016
3017 /**
3018 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3019 */
3020 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3021
3022 /**
3023 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3024 */
3025 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3026
3027 /**
3028 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3029 */
3030 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3031
3032 /**
3033 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3034 *
3035 * @par Example:
3036 * @code
3037 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3038 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3039 * @endcode
3040 */
3041 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3042
3043 /**
3044 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3045 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3046 * language variant.
3047 *
3048 * @par Example:
3049 * @code
3050 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3051 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3052 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3053 * @endcode
3054 *
3055 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3056 *
3057 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3058 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3059 */
3060 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3061
3062 /**
3063 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3064 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3065 * customise these.
3066 */
3067 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3068
3069 /**
3070 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3071 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3072 *
3073 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3074 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3075 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3076 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3077 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3078 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3079 * the default behavior.
3080 *
3081 * @par Example:
3082 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3083 * portal:
3084 * @code
3085 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = array( 'mainpage', 'portal-url' );
3086 * @endcode
3087 */
3088 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3089
3090 /**
3091 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3092 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3093 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3094 *
3095 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3096 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3097 *
3098 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3099 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3100 *
3101 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3102 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3103 *
3104 * @par Examples:
3105 * @code
3106 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3107 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3108 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3109 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3110 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3111 * @endcode
3112 */
3113 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3114
3115 /**
3116 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3117 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3118 *
3119 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3120 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3121 *
3122 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3123 */
3124 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3125
3126 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3127
3128 /*************************************************************************//**
3129 * @name Output format and skin settings
3130 * @{
3131 */
3132
3133 /**
3134 * The default Content-Type header.
3135 */
3136 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3137
3138 /**
3139 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3140 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3141 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3142 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3143 * @deprecated since 1.22
3144 */
3145 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3146
3147 /**
3148 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3149 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3150 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3151 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3152 * @deprecated since 1.22
3153 */
3154 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3155
3156 /**
3157 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3158 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3159 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3160 * to true by Setup.php.
3161 * @deprecated since 1.22
3162 */
3163 $wgHtml5 = true;
3164
3165 /**
3166 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3167 *
3168 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3169 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3170 * See also http://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3171 * @since 1.16
3172 */
3173 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3174
3175 /**
3176 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3177 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3178 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3179 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3180 * @since 1.24
3181 */
3182 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3183
3184 /**
3185 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3186 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3187 * stable and change has been communicated.
3188 * @since 1.24
3189 */
3190 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3191
3192 /**
3193 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3194 *
3195 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3196 *
3197 * @par Example:
3198 * @code
3199 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3200 * @endcode
3201 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3202 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3203 *
3204 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3205 */
3206 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3207
3208 /**
3209 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3210 *
3211 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3212 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3213 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3214 */
3215 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3216
3217 /**
3218 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3219 */
3220 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3221
3222 /**
3223 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3224 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3225 */
3226 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3227
3228 /**
3229 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3230 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3231 */
3232 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3233
3234 /**
3235 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3236 *
3237 * @since 1.24
3238 */
3239 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3240
3241 /**
3242 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3243 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3244 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3245 */
3246 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3247
3248 /**
3249 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3250 */
3251 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3252
3253 /**
3254 * Allow user Javascript page?
3255 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3256 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3257 */
3258 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3259
3260 /**
3261 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3262 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3263 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3264 */
3265 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3266
3267 /**
3268 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3269 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3270 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3271 */
3272 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3273
3274 /**
3275 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3276 */
3277 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3278
3279 /**
3280 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3281 */
3282 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3283
3284 /**
3285 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3286 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3287 */
3288 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3289
3290 /**
3291 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3292 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3293 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3294 *
3295 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3296 *
3297 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3298 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3299 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3300 *
3301 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3302 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3303 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3304 * recommended.
3305 *
3306 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3307 * not just edit pages.
3308 */
3309 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3310
3311 /**
3312 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3313 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3314 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3315 * Options are:
3316 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3317 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3318 * - false: Allow all framing.
3319 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3320 */
3321 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3322
3323 /**
3324 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3325 */
3326 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3327
3328 /**
3329 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3330 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3331 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3332 *
3333 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3334 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3335 * content (particularly Cite). See bug 27733, bug 27694, bug 27474.
3336 */
3337 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3338
3339 /**
3340 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3341 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3342 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3343 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3344 *
3345 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3346 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3347 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3348 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3349 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3350 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3351 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3352 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3353 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3354 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3355 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3356 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3357 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3358 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3359 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3360 * not be outputted
3361 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3362 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3363 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3364 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3365 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3366 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3367 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3368 */
3369 $wgFooterIcons = [
3370 "copyright" => [
3371 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3372 ],
3373 "poweredby" => [
3374 "mediawiki" => [
3375 // Defaults to point at
3376 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3377 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3378 "src" => null,
3379 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3380 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3381 ]
3382 ],
3383 ];
3384
3385 /**
3386 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3387 * to create an account.
3388 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3389 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3390 */
3391 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3392
3393 /**
3394 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3395 */
3396 $wgEdititis = false;
3397
3398 /**
3399 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3400 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3401 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3402 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3403 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3404 *
3405 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3406 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3407 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3408 */
3409 $wgSend404Code = true;
3410
3411 /**
3412 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3413 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3414 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3415 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3416 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3417 *
3418 * @since 1.20
3419 */
3420 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3421
3422 /**
3423 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3424 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3425 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3426 * unconditionally.
3427 */
3428 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3429
3430 /**
3431 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3432 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3433 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3434 * the domain root.
3435 *
3436 * @since 1.25
3437 */
3438 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3439
3440 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3441
3442 /*************************************************************************//**
3443 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3444 * @{
3445 */
3446
3447 /**
3448 * Client-side resource modules.
3449 *
3450 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3451 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3452 *
3453 * @par Example:
3454 * @code
3455 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = array(
3456 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3457 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3458 * 'dependencies' => array( 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ),
3459 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3460 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3461 * );
3462 * @endcode
3463 */
3464 $wgResourceModules = [];
3465
3466 /**
3467 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3468 *
3469 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3470 * not be modified or disabled.
3471 *
3472 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3473 *
3474 * @par Example:
3475 * @code
3476 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3477 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3478 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3479 * );
3480 *
3481 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3482 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3483 * );
3484 * @endcode
3485 *
3486 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3487 *
3488 * @par Equivalent:
3489 * @code
3490 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3491 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3492 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3493 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3494 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3495 * ),
3496 * );
3497 * @endcode
3498 *
3499 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3500 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3501 *
3502 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3503 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3504 *
3505 * @par Example:
3506 * @code
3507 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3508 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3509 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3510 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3511 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3512 * ),
3513 * );
3514 * // Note the '+' character:
3515 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3516 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3517 * );
3518 * @endcode
3519 *
3520 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3521 *
3522 * @par Equivalent:
3523 * @code
3524 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3525 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3526 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3527 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3528 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3529 * 'foo' => array(
3530 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3531 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3532 * ),
3533 * ),
3534 * );
3535 * @endcode
3536 *
3537 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3538 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3539 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3540 *
3541 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3542 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3543 *
3544 * @par Example:
3545 * @code
3546 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3547 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3548 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3549 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3550 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3551 * );
3552 * @endcode
3553 */
3554 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3555
3556 /**
3557 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3558 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3559 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3560 *
3561 * @par Example:
3562 * @code
3563 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3564 * @endcode
3565 */
3566 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3567
3568 /**
3569 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3570 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3571 */
3572 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3573
3574 /**
3575 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3576 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3577 *
3578 * Following options to distinguish:
3579 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3580 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3581 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3582 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3583 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3584 *
3585 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3586 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3587 * client and MediaWiki.
3588 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3589 */
3590 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3591 'versioned' => [
3592 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3593 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3594 ],
3595 'unversioned' => [
3596 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3597 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3598 ],
3599 ];
3600
3601 /**
3602 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3603 *
3604 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3605 */
3606 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3607
3608 /**
3609 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3610 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3611 *
3612 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3613 */
3614 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3615
3616 /**
3617 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3618 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3619 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3620 *
3621 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3622 */
3623 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3624
3625 /**
3626 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3627 *
3628 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3629 */
3630 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3631
3632 /**
3633 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3634 *
3635 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3636 * work.
3637 *
3638 * @par Example of legacy code:
3639 * @code{,js}
3640 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3641 * @endcode
3642 * or:
3643 * @code{,js}
3644 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3645 * @endcode
3646 *
3647 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3648 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3649 * @code{,js}
3650 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3651 * @endcode
3652 * or:
3653 * @code{,js}
3654 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3655 * @endcode
3656 */
3657 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3658
3659 /**
3660 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3661 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3662 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3663 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3664 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3665 * that you can't increase.
3666 *
3667 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3668 * string length limit.
3669 *
3670 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3671 */
3672 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3673
3674 /**
3675 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3676 * prior to minification to validate it.
3677 *
3678 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3679 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3680 */
3681 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3682
3683 /**
3684 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3685 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3686 *
3687 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3688 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3689 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3690 */
3691 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3692
3693 /**
3694 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3695 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3696 *
3697 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3698 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3699 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3700 *
3701 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3702 *
3703 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3704 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3705 *
3706 * @par Example:
3707 * @code
3708 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = array(
3709 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3710 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3711 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3712 * );
3713 * @endcode
3714 * @since 1.22
3715 */
3716 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3717 /**
3718 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3719 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3720 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3721 * @since 1.27
3722 */
3723 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3724 ];
3725
3726 /**
3727 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3728 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3729 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3730 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3731 *
3732 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3733 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3734 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3735 * files from its own tree.
3736 *
3737 * @since 1.22
3738 */
3739 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3740 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3741 ];
3742
3743 /**
3744 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3745 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3746 *
3747 * @since 1.23 - Client-side module persistence is experimental. Exercise care.
3748 */
3749 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = false;
3750
3751 /**
3752 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3753 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3754 *
3755 * @since 1.23
3756 */
3757 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3758
3759 /**
3760 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3761 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3762 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3763 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3764 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3765 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3766 * from the rest of the site.
3767 *
3768 * @since 1.25
3769 */
3770 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3771
3772 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3773
3774 /*************************************************************************//**
3775 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3776 * @{
3777 */
3778
3779 /**
3780 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3781 * used instead.
3782 */
3783 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3784
3785 /**
3786 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3787 *
3788 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3789 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3790 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3791 */
3792 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3793
3794 /**
3795 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3796 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3797 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3798 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3799 * hook or extension.json.
3800 *
3801 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3802 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3803 * the new namespace name.
3804 *
3805 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3806 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3807 *
3808 * @par Example:
3809 * @code
3810 * $wgExtraNamespaces = array(
3811 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3812 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3813 * 102 => "Aide",
3814 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3815 * );
3816 * @endcode
3817 *
3818 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3819 */
3820 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3821
3822 /**
3823 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3824 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3825 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3826 * @since 1.18
3827 */
3828 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3829
3830 /**
3831 * Namespace aliases.
3832 *
3833 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3834 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3835 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3836 * name.
3837 *
3838 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3839 *
3840 * @par Example:
3841 * @code
3842 * $wgNamespaceAliases = array(
3843 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3844 * 'Help' => 100,
3845 * );
3846 * @endcode
3847 */
3848 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3849
3850 /**
3851 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3852 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3853 *
3854 * Problematic punctuation:
3855 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3856 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3857 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3858 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3859 * corrupted by apache
3860 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3861 *
3862 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3863 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3864 *
3865 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3866 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3867 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3868 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3869 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3870 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3871 *
3872 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3873 *
3874 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3875 * this breaks interlanguage links
3876 */
3877 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3878
3879 /**
3880 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3881 *
3882 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3883 */
3884 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3885
3886 /**
3887 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3888 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3889 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3890 *
3891 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3892 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3893 */
3894 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3895
3896 /**
3897 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3898 */
3899 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3900
3901 /**
3902 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3903 * @{
3904 */
3905
3906 /**
3907 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3908 * database (.cdb) file.
3909 *
3910 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3911 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3912 * formats such as the following:
3913 *
3914 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3915 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3916 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3917 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3918 *
3919 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3920 * data layout.
3921 *
3922 * @var bool|array|string
3923 */
3924 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3925
3926 /**
3927 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3928 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3929 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3930 * - 3: site levels
3931 */
3932 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3933
3934 /**
3935 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3936 */
3937 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3938
3939 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3940
3941 /**
3942 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3943 * @{
3944 */
3945
3946 /**
3947 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3948 */
3949 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3950
3951 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3952
3953 /**
3954 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3955 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3956 * as 'redirected from' links.
3957 *
3958 * @par Example:
3959 * It might look something like this:
3960 * @code
3961 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3962 * @endcode
3963 *
3964 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3965 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3966 * the URL.
3967 */
3968 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3969
3970 /**
3971 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
3972 *
3973 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
3974 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
3975 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
3976 */
3977 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
3978
3979 /**
3980 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
3981 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
3982 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
3983 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
3984 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
3985 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
3986 * NS_FILE.
3987 *
3988 * @par Example:
3989 * @code
3990 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
3991 * @endcode
3992 */
3993 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
3994
3995 /**
3996 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
3997 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
3998 */
3999 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4000 NS_TALK => true,
4001 NS_USER => true,
4002 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4003 NS_PROJECT => true,
4004 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4005 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4006 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4007 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4008 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4009 NS_HELP => true,
4010 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4011 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4012 ];
4013
4014 /**
4015 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4016 *
4017 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4018 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4019 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4020 *
4021 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4022 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4023 *
4024 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4025 * the new extension registration system.
4026 *
4027 * @since 1.23
4028 */
4029 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4030
4031 /**
4032 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4033 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4034 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4035 * number of articles in the wiki.
4036 */
4037 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4038
4039 /**
4040 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4041 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4042 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4043 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4044 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4045 */
4046 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4047
4048 /**
4049 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4050 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4051 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4052 */
4053 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4054
4055 /**
4056 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4057 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4058 * will make the redirect fail.
4059 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4060 * (bug 10569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4061 *
4062 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4063 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4064 */
4065 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4066
4067 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4068
4069 /************************************************************************//**
4070 * @name Parser settings
4071 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4072 * @{
4073 */
4074
4075 /**
4076 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4077 *
4078 * class The class name
4079 *
4080 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4081 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4082 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4083 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4084 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4085 *
4086 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4087 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4088 *
4089 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4090 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4091 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4092 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4093 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4094 * an extension setup function.
4095 */
4096 $wgParserConf = [
4097 'class' => 'Parser',
4098 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4099 ];
4100
4101 /**
4102 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4103 */
4104 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4105
4106 /**
4107 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4108 * by PPFrame::expand()
4109 */
4110 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4111
4112 /**
4113 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4114 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4115 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4116 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4117 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4118 *
4119 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4120 */
4121 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4122
4123 /**
4124 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4125 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4126 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4127 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4128 */
4129 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4130
4131 /**
4132 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4133 */
4134 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4135
4136 /**
4137 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4138 *
4139 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4140 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4141 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See bug #44011 for
4142 * more information.
4143 *
4144 * @see wfParseUrl
4145 */
4146 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4147 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4148 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4149 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4150 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4151 ];
4152
4153 /**
4154 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4155 */
4156 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4157
4158 /**
4159 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4160 */
4161 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4162
4163 /**
4164 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4165 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4166 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4167 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4168 *
4169 * @par Examples:
4170 * @code
4171 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4172 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = array( 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' );
4173 * @endcode
4174 */
4175 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4176
4177 /**
4178 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4179 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4180 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4181 * The image will be displayed.
4182 *
4183 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4184 * Or false to disable it
4185 */
4186 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4187
4188 /**
4189 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4190 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4191 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4192 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4193 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4194 * sites they control.
4195 */
4196 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4197
4198 /**
4199 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4200 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4201 * used. See http://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4202 *
4203 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4204 * parameters will be used instead.
4205 *
4206 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4207 *
4208 * Keys are:
4209 * - driver: May be:
4210 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4211 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4212 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4213 *
4214 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4215 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4216 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4217 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4218 */
4219 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4220
4221 /**
4222 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4223 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4224 */
4225 $wgUseTidy = false;
4226
4227 /**
4228 * The path to the tidy binary.
4229 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4230 */
4231 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4232
4233 /**
4234 * The path to the tidy config file
4235 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4236 */
4237 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4238
4239 /**
4240 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4241 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4242 */
4243 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4244
4245 /**
4246 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4247 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4248 */
4249 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4250
4251 /**
4252 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4253 * Only works for internal tidy.
4254 */
4255 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4256
4257 /**
4258 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4259 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4260 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4261 */
4262 $wgRawHtml = false;
4263
4264 /**
4265 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4266 *
4267 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4268 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4269 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4270 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4271 * to some of your users.
4272 */
4273 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4274
4275 /**
4276 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4277 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4278 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4279 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4280 */
4281 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4282
4283 /**
4284 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4285 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4286 */
4287 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4288
4289 /**
4290 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4291 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4292 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4293 *
4294 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = array( 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org',
4295 * 'mediawiki.org' );
4296 *
4297 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4298 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4299 * etc.
4300 *
4301 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4302 */
4303 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4304
4305 /**
4306 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4307 */
4308 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4309
4310 /**
4311 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4312 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4313 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4314 */
4315 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4316
4317 /**
4318 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4319 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4320 */
4321 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4322
4323 /**
4324 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4325 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4326 */
4327 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4328
4329 /**
4330 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4331 */
4332 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4333
4334 /**
4335 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4336 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4337 */
4338 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4339
4340 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4341
4342 /************************************************************************//**
4343 * @name Statistics
4344 * @{
4345 */
4346
4347 /**
4348 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4349 * as a valid article.
4350 *
4351 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4352 *
4353 * This variable can have the following values:
4354 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4355 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4356 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4357 *
4358 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4359 *
4360 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4361 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4362 * script.
4363 */
4364 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4365
4366 /**
4367 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4368 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4369 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4370 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4371 * numbers between different wikis.
4372 */
4373 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4374
4375 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4376
4377 /************************************************************************//**
4378 * @name User accounts, authentication
4379 * @{
4380 */
4381
4382 /**
4383 * Central ID lookup providers
4384 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4385 * @since 1.27
4386 */
4387 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4388 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4389 ];
4390
4391 /**
4392 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4393 * @var string
4394 */
4395 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4396
4397 /**
4398 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4399 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4400 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4401 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4402 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4403 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4404 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4405 * Statements:
4406 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4407 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4408 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4409 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4410 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4411 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4412 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4413 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4414 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4415 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4416 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4417 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4418 * @since 1.26
4419 */
4420 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4421 'policies' => [
4422 'bureaucrat' => [
4423 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4424 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4425 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4426 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4427 ],
4428 'sysop' => [
4429 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4430 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4431 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4432 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4433 ],
4434 'bot' => [
4435 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4436 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4437 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4438 ],
4439 'default' => [
4440 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4441 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4442 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4443 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4444 ],
4445 ],
4446 'checks' => [
4447 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4448 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4449 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4450 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4451 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4452 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4453 ],
4454 ];
4455
4456 /**
4457 * Disable AuthManager
4458 * @since 1.27
4459 * @deprecated since 1.27, for use during development only
4460 */
4461 $wgDisableAuthManager = false;
4462
4463 /**
4464 * Configure AuthManager
4465 *
4466 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4467 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4468 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4469 * (default is 0).
4470 *
4471 * Elements are:
4472 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4473 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4474 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4475 *
4476 * @since 1.27
4477 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4478 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4479 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4480 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4481 */
4482 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4483
4484 /**
4485 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4486 * @since 1.27
4487 */
4488 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4489 'preauth' => [
4490 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4491 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4492 'sort' => 0,
4493 ],
4494 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4495 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4496 'sort' => 0,
4497 ],
4498 ],
4499 'primaryauth' => [
4500 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4501 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4502 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4503 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4504 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4505 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4506 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4507 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4508 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4509 'args' => [ [
4510 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4511 'authoritative' => false,
4512 ] ],
4513 'sort' => 0,
4514 ],
4515 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4516 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4517 'args' => [ [
4518 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4519 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4520 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4521 // password") if it too fails.
4522 'authoritative' => true,
4523 ] ],
4524 'sort' => 100,
4525 ],
4526 ],
4527 'secondaryauth' => [
4528 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4529 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4530 'sort' => 0,
4531 ],
4532 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4533 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4534 'sort' => 100,
4535 ],
4536 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4537 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4538 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4539 // 'sort' => 100,
4540 // ],
4541 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4542 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4543 'sort' => 200,
4544 ],
4545 ],
4546 ];
4547
4548 /**
4549 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4550 *
4551 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4552 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4553 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4554 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4555 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4556 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4557 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4558 * that needs to do this.
4559 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4560 * the last X seconds.
4561 * - Come up with a third option.
4562 *
4563 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4564 * "X seconds".
4565 *
4566 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4567 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4568 * - LinkAccounts
4569 * - UnlinkAccount
4570 * - ChangeCredentials
4571 * - RemoveCredentials
4572 * - ChangeEmail
4573 *
4574 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4575 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4576 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4577 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4578 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4579 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4580 *
4581 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4582 *
4583 * @since 1.27
4584 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4585 */
4586 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4587 'default' => 300,
4588 ];
4589
4590 /**
4591 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4592 *
4593 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4594 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4595 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4596 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4597 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4598 *
4599 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4600 *
4601 * @since 1.27
4602 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4603 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4604 */
4605 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4606 'default' => true,
4607 ];
4608
4609 /**
4610 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4611 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4612 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4613 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4614 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4615 * @since 1.27
4616 * @var string[]
4617 */
4618 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4619 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4620 ];
4621
4622 /**
4623 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4624 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4625 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4626 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4627 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4628 * @since 1.27
4629 * @var string[]
4630 */
4631 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4632 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4633 ];
4634
4635 /**
4636 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4637 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4638 */
4639 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4640
4641 /**
4642 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4643 * words are allowed.
4644 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4645 */
4646 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4647
4648 /**
4649 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4650 *
4651 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4652 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4653 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4654 *
4655 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4656 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4657 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4658 */
4659 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4660
4661 /**
4662 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4663 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4664 * @since 1.23
4665 */
4666 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4667
4668 /**
4669 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4670 *
4671 * @since 1.24
4672 */
4673 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4674
4675 /**
4676 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4677 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4678 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4679 *
4680 * An advanced example:
4681 * @code
4682 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = array(
4683 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4684 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4685 * 'secrets' => array(),
4686 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4687 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4688 * 'cost' => 5,
4689 * );
4690 * @endcode
4691 *
4692 * @since 1.24
4693 */
4694 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4695 'A' => [
4696 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4697 ],
4698 'B' => [
4699 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4700 ],
4701 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4702 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4703 'types' => [
4704 'A',
4705 'pbkdf2',
4706 ],
4707 ],
4708 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4709 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4710 'types' => [
4711 'B',
4712 'pbkdf2',
4713 ],
4714 ],
4715 'bcrypt' => [
4716 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4717 'cost' => 9,
4718 ],
4719 'pbkdf2' => [
4720 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4721 'algo' => 'sha512',
4722 'cost' => '30000',
4723 'length' => '64',
4724 ],
4725 ];
4726
4727 /**
4728 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4729 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4730 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4731 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4732 */
4733 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4734 'username' => true,
4735 'email' => true,
4736 ];
4737
4738 /**
4739 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4740 */
4741 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4742
4743 /**
4744 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4745 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4746 */
4747 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4748
4749 /**
4750 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4751 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4752 */
4753 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4754 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4755 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4756 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4757 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4758 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4759 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4760 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4761 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4762 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4763 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4764 ];
4765
4766 /**
4767 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4768 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4769 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4770 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4771 */
4772 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4773 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4774 'cols' => 80,
4775 'date' => 'default',
4776 'diffonly' => 0,
4777 'disablemail' => 0,
4778 'editfont' => 'default',
4779 'editondblclick' => 0,
4780 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4781 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4782 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4783 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4784 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4785 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4786 'fancysig' => 0,
4787 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4788 'gender' => 'unknown',
4789 'hideminor' => 0,
4790 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4791 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4792 'imagesize' => 2,
4793 'math' => 1,
4794 'minordefault' => 0,
4795 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4796 'nickname' => '',
4797 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4798 'numberheadings' => 0,
4799 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4800 'previewontop' => 1,
4801 'rcdays' => 7,
4802 'rclimit' => 50,
4803 'rows' => 25,
4804 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4805 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4806 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4807 'skin' => false,
4808 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4809 'thumbsize' => 5,
4810 'underline' => 2,
4811 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4812 'usenewrc' => 1,
4813 'watchcreations' => 1,
4814 'watchdefault' => 1,
4815 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4816 'watchuploads' => 1,
4817 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4818 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4819 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4820 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4821 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4822 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4823 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4824 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4825 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4826 'watchmoves' => 0,
4827 'watchrollback' => 0,
4828 'wllimit' => 250,
4829 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4830 'prefershttps' => 1,
4831 ];
4832
4833 /**
4834 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4835 */
4836 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4837
4838 /**
4839 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4840 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4841 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4842 */
4843 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4844
4845 /**
4846 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4847 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4848 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4849 *
4850 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4851 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4852 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4853 */
4854 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4855
4856 /**
4857 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4858 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4859 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4860 * @since 1.17
4861 */
4862 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4863
4864 /**
4865 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4866 *
4867 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4868 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4869 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4870 *
4871 * @since 1.27
4872 * @var string|null
4873 */
4874 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4875
4876 /**
4877 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4878 *
4879 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4880 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4881 *
4882 * @since 1.27
4883 */
4884 $wgSessionProviders = [
4885 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4886 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4887 'args' => [ [
4888 'priority' => 30,
4889 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4890 ] ],
4891 ],
4892 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4893 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4894 'args' => [ [
4895 'priority' => 75,
4896 ] ],
4897 ],
4898 ];
4899
4900 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4901
4902 /************************************************************************//**
4903 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4904 * @{
4905 */
4906
4907 /**
4908 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4909 */
4910 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4911
4912 /**
4913 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4914 */
4915 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4916
4917 /**
4918 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4919 */
4920 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4921
4922 /**
4923 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4924 *
4925 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4926 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4927 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4928 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4929 *
4930 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4931 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4932 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4933 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4934 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4935 */
4936 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4937 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4938 'IPv6' => 19,
4939 ];
4940
4941 /**
4942 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4943 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4944 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4945 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4946 * anonymous visitors.
4947 */
4948 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
4949
4950 /**
4951 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
4952 *
4953 * @par Example:
4954 * @code
4955 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
4956 * @endcode
4957 *
4958 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
4959 *
4960 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4961 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4962 *
4963 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
4964 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
4965 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
4966 */
4967 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
4968
4969 /**
4970 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
4971 *
4972 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
4973 * is without underscore.
4974 *
4975 * @par Example:
4976 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
4977 * @code
4978 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = array( "/Main Page/" );
4979 * @endcode
4980 *
4981 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
4982 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
4983 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
4984 *
4985 * @par Example:
4986 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
4987 * @code
4988 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = array( "@^UsEr.*@i" );
4989 * @endcode
4990 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
4991 *
4992 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4993 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4994 */
4995 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
4996
4997 /**
4998 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
4999 * address before being allowed to edit?
5000 */
5001 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5002
5003 /**
5004 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5005 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5006 */
5007 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5008
5009 /**
5010 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5011 *
5012 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5013 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5014 *
5015 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5016 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5017 *
5018 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5019 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5020 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5021 * in in the user_groups table.
5022 *
5023 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = array(); unless you know what you're
5024 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5025 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5026 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5027 *
5028 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5029 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5030 *
5031 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5032 */
5033 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5034
5035 /** @cond file_level_code */
5036 // Implicit group for all visitors
5037 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5038 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5039 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5040 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5041 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5042 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5043 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5044 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5045 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5046 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5047 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5048 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5049 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5050 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5051
5052 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5053 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5054 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5055 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5056 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5057 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5058 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5059 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5060 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5061 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5062 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5063 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5064 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5065 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5066 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5067 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true; // can use ?action=purge without clicking "ok"
5068 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5069 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5070 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5071
5072 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5073 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5074 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5075
5076 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5077 // from various log pages by default
5078 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5079 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5080 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5081 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5082 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5083 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5084 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5085 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5086
5087 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5088 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5089 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5090 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5091 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5092 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5093 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5094 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5095 // can view deleted revision text
5096 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5097 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5098 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5099 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5100 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5102 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5106 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5128 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5129 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5133
5134 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5137 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5138 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5139 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5140 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5141
5142 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5143 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5144 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5145 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5146 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5147 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5148 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5149 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5150 // For private suppression log access
5151 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5152
5153 /**
5154 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5155 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5156 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5157 * server.
5158 */
5159 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5160
5161 /** @endcond */
5162
5163 /**
5164 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5165 *
5166 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5167 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5168 *
5169 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5170 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5171 */
5172 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5173
5174 /**
5175 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5176 */
5177 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5178
5179 /**
5180 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5181 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5182 *
5183 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5184 * group".
5185 *
5186 * @par Example:
5187 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5188 * @code
5189 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = array( 'sysop' => array( 'bot' ) );
5190 * @endcode
5191 *
5192 * @par Example:
5193 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5194 * @code
5195 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = array( '*' => true );
5196 * @endcode
5197 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5198 * any group that they happen to be in.
5199 */
5200 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5201
5202 /**
5203 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5204 */
5205 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5206
5207 /**
5208 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5209 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5210 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5211 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5212 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5213 */
5214 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5215
5216 /**
5217 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5218 *
5219 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5220 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5221 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5222 *
5223 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5224 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5225 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5226 */
5227 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5228
5229 /**
5230 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5231 *
5232 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5233 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5234 *
5235 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5236 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5237 */
5238 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5239
5240 /**
5241 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5242 *
5243 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5244 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5245 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5246 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5247 * "semiprotected".
5248 *
5249 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5250 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5251 */
5252 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5253
5254 /**
5255 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5256 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5257 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5258 *
5259 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5260 */
5261 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5262
5263 /**
5264 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5265 *
5266 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5267 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5268 *
5269 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5270 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5271 */
5272 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5273
5274 /**
5275 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5276 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5277 * privileges of new accounts.
5278 *
5279 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5280 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5281 *
5282 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5283 *
5284 * @par Example:
5285 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5286 * @code
5287 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5288 * @endcode
5289 * Set age to one day:
5290 * @code
5291 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5292 * @endcode
5293 */
5294 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5295
5296 /**
5297 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5298 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5299 *
5300 * @par Example:
5301 * @code
5302 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5303 * @endcode
5304 */
5305 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5306
5307 /**
5308 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5309 *
5310 * @todo Redocument $wgAutopromote
5311 *
5312 * The format is
5313 * array( '&' or '|' or '^' or '!', cond1, cond2, ... )
5314 * where cond1, cond2, ... are themselves conditions; *OR*
5315 * APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED, *OR*
5316 * array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ), *OR*
5317 * array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ), *OR*
5318 * array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ), *OR*
5319 * array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ), *OR*
5320 * array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ), *OR*
5321 * array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ), *OR*
5322 * array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ), *OR*
5323 * array( APCOND_BLOCKED ), *OR*
5324 * array( APCOND_ISBOT ), *OR*
5325 * similar constructs defined by extensions.
5326 *
5327 * If $wgEmailAuthentication is off, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5328 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5329 */
5330 $wgAutopromote = [
5331 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5332 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5333 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5334 ],
5335 ];
5336
5337 /**
5338 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5339 *
5340 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5341 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5342 *
5343 * The format is:
5344 * @code
5345 * array( event => criteria, ... )
5346 * @endcode
5347 * Where event is either:
5348 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5349 *
5350 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5351 *
5352 * @see $wgAutopromote
5353 * @since 1.18
5354 */
5355 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5356 'onEdit' => [],
5357 ];
5358
5359 /**
5360 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5361 * @since 1.18
5362 */
5363 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5364
5365 /**
5366 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5367 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5368 *
5369 * @par Example:
5370 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5371 * @code
5372 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5373 * @endcode
5374 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5375 * @code
5376 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = array( 'bot', 'sysop' );
5377 * @endcode
5378 * Sysops can make bots:
5379 * @code
5380 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = array( 'bot' );
5381 * @endcode
5382 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5383 * @code
5384 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = array( 'sysop', 'bot' );
5385 * @endcode
5386 */
5387 $wgAddGroups = [];
5388
5389 /**
5390 * @see $wgAddGroups
5391 */
5392 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5393
5394 /**
5395 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5396 * For extensions only.
5397 */
5398 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5399
5400 /**
5401 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5402 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5403 */
5404 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5405
5406 /**
5407 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5408 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5409 * This is limited for performance reason.
5410 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5411 * @since 1.23
5412 */
5413 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5414
5415 /**
5416 * Number of accounts each IP address may create, 0 to disable.
5417 *
5418 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5419 */
5420 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = 0;
5421
5422 /**
5423 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5424 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5425 *
5426 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5427 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5428 *
5429 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5430 *
5431 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5432 */
5433 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5434
5435 /**
5436 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5437 */
5438 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5439
5440 /**
5441 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5442 * proxies
5443 * @since 1.16
5444 */
5445 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5446
5447 /**
5448 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5449 *
5450 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5451 * the blacklist require a key).
5452 *
5453 * @par Example:
5454 * @code
5455 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = array(
5456 * // String containing URL
5457 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5458 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5459 * array( 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ),
5460 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5461 * // just use a string as shown above
5462 * array( 'opm.tornevall.org.' )
5463 * );
5464 * @endcode
5465 *
5466 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5467 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5468 * @since 1.16
5469 */
5470 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5471
5472 /**
5473 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5474 * what the other methods might say.
5475 */
5476 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5477
5478 /**
5479 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5480 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5481 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5482 */
5483 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5484
5485 /**
5486 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5487 *
5488 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5489 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5490 * elapses.
5491 *
5492 * @par Example:
5493 * To set a generic maximum of 4 hits in 60 seconds:
5494 * @code
5495 * $wgRateLimits = array( 4, 60 );
5496 * @endcode
5497 *
5498 * @par Example:
5499 * You could also limit per action and then type of users.
5500 * @code
5501 * $wgRateLimits = array(
5502 * 'edit' => array(
5503 * 'anon' => array( x, y ), // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5504 * 'user' => array( x, y ), // each logged-in user
5505 * 'newbie' => array( x, y ), // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5506 * 'ip' => array( x, y ), // each anon and recent account
5507 * 'subnet' => array( x, y ), // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5508 * )
5509 * )
5510 * @endcode
5511 *
5512 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5513 */
5514 $wgRateLimits = [
5515 // Page edits
5516 'edit' => [
5517 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5518 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5519 ],
5520 // Page moves
5521 'move' => [
5522 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5523 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5524 ],
5525 // File uploads
5526 'upload' => [
5527 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5528 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5529 ],
5530 // Page rollbacks
5531 'rollback' => [
5532 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5533 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5534 ],
5535 // Triggering password resets emails
5536 'mailpassword' => [
5537 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5538 ],
5539 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5540 'emailuser' => [
5541 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5542 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5543 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5544 ],
5545 // Purging pages
5546 'purge' => [
5547 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5548 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5549 ],
5550 // Purges of link tables
5551 'linkpurge' => [
5552 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5553 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5554 ],
5555 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5556 'renderfile' => [
5557 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5558 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5559 ],
5560 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5561 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5562 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5563 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5564 ],
5565 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5566 'stashedit' => [
5567 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5568 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5569 ],
5570 // Adding or removing change tags
5571 'changetag' => [
5572 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5573 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5574 ],
5575 ];
5576
5577 /**
5578 * Array of IPs which should be excluded from rate limits.
5579 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5580 */
5581 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5582
5583 /**
5584 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5585 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5586 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5587 */
5588 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5589
5590 /**
5591 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5592 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5593 */
5594 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5595
5596 /**
5597 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5598 *
5599 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5600 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5601 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5602 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5603 *
5604 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5605 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5606 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5607 */
5608 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5609 // Short term limit
5610 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5611 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5612 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5613 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5614 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5615 ];
5616
5617 /**
5618 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5619 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5620 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5621 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5622 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5623 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5624 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5625 * @since 1.27
5626 */
5627 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5628
5629 // @TODO: clean up grants
5630 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5631
5632 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5633 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5634 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5635 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5636 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5637 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5638 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5639 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5640 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5641 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5642
5643 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5644 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5645 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5646 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5647
5648 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5649 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5650 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5651 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5652
5653 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5654 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5655
5656 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5657 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5658 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5659
5660 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5661
5662 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5663 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5664 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5665 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5666
5667 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5668 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5669 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5670 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5671 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5672 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5673 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5674
5675 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5676 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5677
5678 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5679 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5680 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5681 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5682 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5683 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5684
5685 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5686
5687 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5688
5689 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5690 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5691
5692 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5693 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5694 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5695
5696 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5697 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5698 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5699 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5700 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5701 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5702 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5703
5704 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5705 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5706
5707 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5708
5709 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5710
5711 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5712
5713 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5714
5715 /**
5716 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5717 * @since 1.27
5718 */
5719 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5720 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5721 'basic' => 'hidden',
5722
5723 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5724 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5725 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5726 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5727
5728 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5729 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5730
5731 'sendemail' => 'email',
5732
5733 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5734 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5735
5736 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5737 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5738
5739 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5740 'rollback' => 'administration',
5741 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5742 'delete' => 'administration',
5743 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5744 'protect' => 'administration',
5745 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5746
5747 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5748 ];
5749
5750 /**
5751 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5752 * @since 1.27
5753 */
5754 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5755
5756 /**
5757 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5758 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5759 * @since 1.27
5760 */
5761 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5762
5763 /**
5764 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5765 *
5766 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5767 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5768 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5769 * @since 1.27
5770 */
5771 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5772
5773 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5774
5775 /************************************************************************//**
5776 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5777 * @{
5778 */
5779
5780 /**
5781 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5782 */
5783 $wgSecretKey = false;
5784
5785 /**
5786 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5787 *
5788 * This can have the following formats:
5789 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5790 * or the keys (for backward compatibility)
5791 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5792 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5793 */
5794 $wgProxyList = [];
5795
5796 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5797
5798 /************************************************************************//**
5799 * @name Cookie settings
5800 * @{
5801 */
5802
5803 /**
5804 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5805 */
5806 $wgCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5807
5808 /**
5809 * The identifiers of the login cookies that can have their lifetimes
5810 * extended independently of all other login cookies.
5811 *
5812 * @var string[]
5813 */
5814 $wgExtendedLoginCookies = [ 'UserID', 'Token' ];
5815
5816 /**
5817 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5818 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5819 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5820 * login cookies session-only.
5821 */
5822 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = null;
5823
5824 /**
5825 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5826 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5827 */
5828 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5829
5830 /**
5831 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5832 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5833 */
5834 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5835
5836 /**
5837 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5838 * - true: Set secure flag
5839 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5840 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5841 */
5842 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5843
5844 /**
5845 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5846 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5847 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5848 * check.
5849 */
5850 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5851
5852 /**
5853 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5854 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5855 * name to be used as a prefix.
5856 */
5857 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5858
5859 /**
5860 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5861 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5862 * XSS attack.
5863 */
5864 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5865
5866 /**
5867 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
5868 */
5869 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
5870
5871 /**
5872 * Override to customise the session name
5873 */
5874 $wgSessionName = false;
5875
5876 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
5877
5878 /************************************************************************//**
5879 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
5880 * @{
5881 */
5882
5883 /**
5884 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
5885 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
5886 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
5887 * Please see math/README for more information.
5888 */
5889 $wgUseTeX = false;
5890
5891 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
5892
5893 /************************************************************************//**
5894 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
5895 *
5896 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
5897 *
5898 * @{
5899 */
5900
5901 /**
5902 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
5903 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
5904 * may contain private data.
5905 */
5906 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
5907
5908 /**
5909 * Prefix for debug log lines
5910 */
5911 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
5912
5913 /**
5914 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
5915 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
5916 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
5917 */
5918 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
5919
5920 /**
5921 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
5922 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
5923 * and gen=js requests.
5924 */
5925 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
5926
5927 /**
5928 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
5929 *
5930 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
5931 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
5932 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
5933 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
5934 */
5935 $wgDebugComments = false;
5936
5937 /**
5938 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
5939 *
5940 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
5941 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
5942 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
5943 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
5944 */
5945 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
5946
5947 /**
5948 * Performance expectations for DB usage
5949 *
5950 * @since 1.26
5951 */
5952 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
5953 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
5954 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
5955 'GET' => [
5956 'masterConns' => 0,
5957 'writes' => 0,
5958 'readQueryTime' => 5
5959 ],
5960 // HTTP POST requests.
5961 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
5962 'POST' => [
5963 'readQueryTime' => 5,
5964 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
5965 'maxAffected' => 500
5966 ],
5967 'POST-nonwrite' => [
5968 'masterConns' => 0,
5969 'writes' => 0,
5970 'readQueryTime' => 5
5971 ],
5972 // Background job runner
5973 'JobRunner' => [
5974 'readQueryTime' => 30,
5975 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
5976 'maxAffected' => 1000
5977 ],
5978 // Command-line scripts
5979 'Maintenance' => [
5980 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
5981 'maxAffected' => 1000
5982 ]
5983 ];
5984
5985 /**
5986 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
5987 *
5988 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
5989 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
5990 * in production.
5991 *
5992 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
5993 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
5994 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
5995 * - associative array with keys:
5996 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
5997 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
5998 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
5999 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6000 *
6001 * @par Example:
6002 * @code
6003 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6004 * @endcode
6005 *
6006 * @par Advanced example:
6007 * @code
6008 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = array(
6009 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6010 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6011 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6012 * );
6013 * @endcode
6014 */
6015 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6016
6017 /**
6018 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6019 *
6020 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6021 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6022 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6023 * details.
6024 *
6025 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6026 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6027 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6028 *
6029 * @par To completely disable logging:
6030 * @code
6031 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = array( 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' );
6032 * @endcode
6033 *
6034 * @since 1.25
6035 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6036 * @see MwLogger
6037 */
6038 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6039 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6040 ];
6041
6042 /**
6043 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6044 *
6045 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6046 */
6047 $wgShowDebug = false;
6048
6049 /**
6050 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6051 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6052 */
6053 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6054
6055 /**
6056 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6057 */
6058 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6059
6060 /**
6061 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6062 */
6063 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6064
6065 /**
6066 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6067 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6068 * to an attacker.
6069 */
6070 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6071
6072 /**
6073 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6074 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6075 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6076 * formatting.
6077 */
6078 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6079
6080 /**
6081 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6082 *
6083 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6084 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6085 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6086 * exception handler.
6087 */
6088 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6089
6090 /**
6091 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6092 */
6093 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6094
6095 /**
6096 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6097 */
6098 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6099
6100 /**
6101 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6102 * Should be a string, default false.
6103 * @since 1.20
6104 */
6105 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6106
6107 /**
6108 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6109 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6110 */
6111 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6112
6113 /**
6114 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6115 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6116 * after the limit.
6117 */
6118 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6119
6120 /**
6121 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6122 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6123 */
6124 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6125
6126 /**
6127 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6128 *
6129 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6130 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6131 */
6132 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6133
6134 /**
6135 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6136 *
6137 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6138 *
6139 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6140 *
6141 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6142 * @since 1.25
6143 */
6144 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6145
6146 /**
6147 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6148 *
6149 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6150 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6151 * @since 1.25
6152 */
6153 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6154
6155 /**
6156 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6157 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6158 * templates.
6159 */
6160 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6161
6162 /**
6163 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6164 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6165 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6166 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6167 */
6168 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6169
6170 /**
6171 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6172 * filename is passed to it.
6173 *
6174 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6175 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6176 *
6177 * Use full paths.
6178 */
6179 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6180 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6181 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6182 ];
6183
6184 /**
6185 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6186 */
6187 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6188
6189 /**
6190 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6191 * @since 1.19
6192 */
6193 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6194
6195 /**
6196 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6197 * queries and other useful output.
6198 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6199 *
6200 * @since 1.19
6201 */
6202 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6203
6204 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6205
6206 /************************************************************************//**
6207 * @name Search
6208 * @{
6209 */
6210
6211 /**
6212 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6213 */
6214 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6215
6216 /**
6217 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6218 * by default off due to execution overhead
6219 */
6220 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6221
6222 /**
6223 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6224 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6225 */
6226 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6227
6228 /**
6229 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6230 *
6231 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6232 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6233 *
6234 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6235 *
6236 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6237 */
6238 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6239
6240 /**
6241 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6242 *
6243 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6244 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6245 *
6246 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6247 */
6248 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6249 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6250 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6251 ];
6252
6253 /**
6254 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6255 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6256 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6257 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6258 */
6259 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6260
6261 /**
6262 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6263 * OpenSearch call.
6264 */
6265 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6266
6267 /**
6268 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6269 */
6270 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6271
6272 /**
6273 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6274 */
6275 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6276
6277 /**
6278 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6279 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6280 */
6281 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6282
6283 /**
6284 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6285 *
6286 * @par Example:
6287 * @code
6288 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6289 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6290 * @endcode
6291 */
6292 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6293 NS_MAIN => true,
6294 ];
6295
6296 /**
6297 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6298 * implemented by an extension instead.
6299 */
6300 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6301
6302 /**
6303 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6304 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6305 * search term.
6306 *
6307 * @par Example:
6308 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6309 * @code
6310 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6311 * 'http://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6312 * '&domains=http://example.com' .
6313 * '&sitesearch=http://example.com' .
6314 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6315 * @endcode
6316 */
6317 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6318
6319 /**
6320 * Search form behavior.
6321 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6322 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6323 */
6324 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6325
6326 /**
6327 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6328 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6329 * generated for all namespaces.
6330 */
6331 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6332
6333 /**
6334 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6335 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6336 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6337 *
6338 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6339 * @par Example:
6340 * @code
6341 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = array(
6342 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6343 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6344 * );
6345 * @endcode
6346 */
6347 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6348
6349 /**
6350 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6351 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6352 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6353 */
6354 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6355
6356 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6357
6358 /************************************************************************//**
6359 * @name Edit user interface
6360 * @{
6361 */
6362
6363 /**
6364 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6365 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6366 */
6367 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6368
6369 /**
6370 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6371 */
6372 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6373
6374 /**
6375 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6376 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6377 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6378 */
6379 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6380 NS_CATEGORY => true
6381 ];
6382
6383 /**
6384 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6385 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6386 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6387 */
6388 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6389
6390 /**
6391 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6392 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6393 * ting this variable false.
6394 */
6395 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6396
6397 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6398
6399 /************************************************************************//**
6400 * @name Maintenance
6401 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6402 * @{
6403 */
6404
6405 /**
6406 * @cond file_level_code
6407 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6408 */
6409 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6410 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6411 }
6412 /** @endcond */
6413
6414 /**
6415 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6416 */
6417 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6418
6419 /**
6420 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6421 * used as an explanation to users.
6422 *
6423 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6424 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6425 * option in MySQL.
6426 */
6427 $wgReadOnly = null;
6428
6429 /**
6430 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6431 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6432 * message.
6433 *
6434 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6435 */
6436 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6437
6438 /**
6439 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6440 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6441 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6442 *
6443 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6444 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6445 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6446 */
6447 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6448
6449 /**
6450 * Fully specified path to git binary
6451 */
6452 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6453
6454 /**
6455 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6456 *
6457 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6458 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6459 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6460 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6461 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6462 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6463 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6464 *
6465 * @since 1.20
6466 */
6467 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6468 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6469 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6470 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6471 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6472 ];
6473
6474 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6475
6476 /************************************************************************//**
6477 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6478 * @{
6479 */
6480
6481 /**
6482 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6483 * seconds will go.
6484 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6485 */
6486 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6487
6488 /**
6489 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6490 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6491 * @since 1.26
6492 */
6493 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6494
6495 /**
6496 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6497 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6498 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6499 * @since 1.26
6500 */
6501 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6502
6503 /**
6504 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6505 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6506 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6507 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6508 * is still there.
6509 */
6510 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6511
6512 /**
6513 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6514 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6515 */
6516 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6517
6518 /**
6519 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6520 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6521 */
6522 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6523
6524 /**
6525 * Destinations to which notifications about recent changes
6526 * should be sent.
6527 *
6528 * As of MediaWiki 1.22, there are 2 supported 'engine' parameter option in core:
6529 * * 'UDPRCFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes over UDP to the
6530 * specified server.
6531 * * 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes to Redis.
6532 *
6533 * The common options are:
6534 * * 'uri' -- the address to which the notices are to be sent.
6535 * * 'formatter' -- the class name (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6536 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6537 * * 'omit_bots' -- whether the bot edits should be in the feed
6538 * * 'omit_anon' -- whether anonymous edits should be in the feed
6539 * * 'omit_user' -- whether edits by registered users should be in the feed
6540 * * 'omit_minor' -- whether minor edits should be in the feed
6541 * * 'omit_patrolled' -- whether patrolled edits should be in the feed
6542 *
6543 * The IRC-specific options are:
6544 * * 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6545 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6546 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6547 *
6548 * The JSON-specific options are:
6549 * * 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6550 *
6551 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = array(
6552 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6553 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1336",
6554 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6555 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6556 * );
6557 * @example $wgRCFeeds['exampleirc'] = array(
6558 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6559 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1338",
6560 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6561 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6562 * );
6563 * @since 1.22
6564 */
6565 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6566
6567 /**
6568 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine to use for a given URI scheme.
6569 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of engine classes.
6570 */
6571 $wgRCEngines = [
6572 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6573 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6574 ];
6575
6576 /**
6577 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6578 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6579 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6580 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6581 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6582 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6583 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6584 *
6585 * @since 1.27
6586 */
6587 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6588
6589 /**
6590 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6591 * New pages and new files are included.
6592 */
6593 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6594
6595 /**
6596 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6597 */
6598 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6599
6600 /**
6601 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6602 *
6603 * @since 1.27
6604 */
6605 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6606
6607 /**
6608 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6609 */
6610 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6611
6612 /**
6613 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6614 */
6615 $wgFeed = true;
6616
6617 /**
6618 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6619 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6620 */
6621 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6622
6623 /**
6624 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6625 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6626 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6627 *
6628 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6629 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6630 */
6631 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6632
6633 /**
6634 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6635 * pages larger than this size.
6636 */
6637 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6638
6639 /**
6640 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6641 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6642 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6643 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6644 * as value.
6645 * @par Example:
6646 * Configure the 'atom' feed to http://example.com/somefeed.xml
6647 * @code
6648 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "http://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6649 * @endcode
6650 */
6651 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6652
6653 /**
6654 * Available feeds objects.
6655 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6656 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6657 */
6658 $wgFeedClasses = [
6659 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6660 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6661 ];
6662
6663 /**
6664 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6665 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6666 */
6667 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6668
6669 /**
6670 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6671 */
6672 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6673
6674 /**
6675 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6676 */
6677 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6678
6679 /**
6680 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6681 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6682 * highlighted on the RC page.
6683 */
6684 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6685
6686 /**
6687 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6688 * view for watched pages with new changes
6689 */
6690 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6691
6692 /**
6693 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6694 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6695 */
6696 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6697
6698 /**
6699 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6700 */
6701 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6702
6703 /**
6704 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6705 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6706 */
6707 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6708
6709 /**
6710 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6711 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6712 * watchers.
6713 *
6714 * @since 1.21
6715 */
6716 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6717
6718 /**
6719 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6720 * certain types of edits.
6721 *
6722 * To register a new one:
6723 * @code
6724 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => array(
6725 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6726 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6727 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6728 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6729 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6730 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6731 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6732 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6733 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6734 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6735 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6736 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6737 * );
6738 * @endcode
6739 *
6740 * @since 1.22
6741 */
6742 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6743 'newpage' => [
6744 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6745 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6746 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6747 'grouping' => 'any',
6748 ],
6749 'minor' => [
6750 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6751 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6752 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6753 'class' => 'minoredit',
6754 'grouping' => 'all',
6755 ],
6756 'bot' => [
6757 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6758 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6759 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6760 'class' => 'botedit',
6761 'grouping' => 'all',
6762 ],
6763 'unpatrolled' => [
6764 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6765 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6766 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6767 'grouping' => 'any',
6768 ],
6769 ];
6770
6771 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6772
6773 /************************************************************************//**
6774 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6775 * @{
6776 */
6777
6778 /**
6779 * Override for copyright metadata.
6780 *
6781 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6782 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6783 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6784 */
6785 $wgRightsPage = null;
6786
6787 /**
6788 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6789 * wiki.
6790 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6791 */
6792 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6793
6794 /**
6795 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6796 * link.
6797 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6798 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6799 */
6800 $wgRightsText = null;
6801
6802 /**
6803 * Override for copyright metadata.
6804 */
6805 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6806
6807 /**
6808 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6809 */
6810 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6811
6812 /**
6813 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6814 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6815 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6816 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6817 * large wikis.
6818 */
6819 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6820
6821 /**
6822 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6823 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6824 */
6825 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
6826
6827 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
6828
6829 /************************************************************************//**
6830 * @name Import / Export
6831 * @{
6832 */
6833
6834 /**
6835 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
6836 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
6837 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
6838 *
6839 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
6840 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
6841 * e.g.
6842 * @code
6843 * $wgImportSources = array(
6844 * 'wikipedia' => array( 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ),
6845 * 'wikispecies',
6846 * 'wikia' => array( 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ),
6847 * );
6848 * @endcode
6849 *
6850 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
6851 * the ImportSources hook.
6852 *
6853 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
6854 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
6855 */
6856 $wgImportSources = [];
6857
6858 /**
6859 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
6860 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
6861 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
6862 *
6863 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
6864 */
6865 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
6866
6867 /**
6868 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
6869 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
6870 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
6871 */
6872 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
6873
6874 /**
6875 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
6876 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
6877 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
6878 */
6879 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
6880
6881 /**
6882 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
6883 */
6884 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
6885
6886 /**
6887 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
6888 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
6889 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
6890 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
6891 * it's disabled by default for now.
6892 *
6893 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
6894 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
6895 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
6896 */
6897 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
6898
6899 /**
6900 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
6901 */
6902 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
6903
6904 /**
6905 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
6906 */
6907 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
6908
6909 /**
6910 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
6911 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
6912 *
6913 * @since 1.27
6914 */
6915 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
6916
6917 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
6918
6919 /*************************************************************************//**
6920 * @name Extensions
6921 * @{
6922 */
6923
6924 /**
6925 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
6926 * initialised
6927 */
6928 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
6929
6930 /**
6931 * Extension messages files.
6932 *
6933 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
6934 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
6935 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
6936 * is the most common.
6937 *
6938 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
6939 * in the core.
6940 *
6941 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
6942 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
6943 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
6944 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
6945 *
6946 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
6947 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
6948 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
6949 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
6950 *
6951 * @par Example:
6952 * @code
6953 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
6954 * @endcode
6955 */
6956 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
6957
6958 /**
6959 * Extension messages directories.
6960 *
6961 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
6962 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
6963 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
6964 * message directories.
6965 *
6966 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
6967 *
6968 * @par Simple example:
6969 * @code
6970 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
6971 * @endcode
6972 *
6973 * @par Complex example:
6974 * @code
6975 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = array(
6976 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
6977 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
6978 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
6979 * )
6980 * @endcode
6981 * @since 1.23
6982 */
6983 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
6984
6985 /**
6986 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
6987 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
6988 * @since 1.22
6989 */
6990 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
6991
6992 /**
6993 * Parser output hooks.
6994 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
6995 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
6996 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
6997 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
6998 *
6999 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7000 *
7001 * The callback has the form:
7002 * @code
7003 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7004 * @endcode
7005 */
7006 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7007
7008 /**
7009 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7010 */
7011 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7012
7013 /**
7014 * List of valid skin names
7015 *
7016 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7017 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7018 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7019 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7020 */
7021 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7022
7023 /**
7024 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7025 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7026 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7027 * SpecialPage.
7028 */
7029 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7030
7031 /**
7032 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7033 */
7034 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7035
7036 /**
7037 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7038 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7039 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7040 */
7041 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7042
7043 /**
7044 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7045 *
7046 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7047 *
7048 * @code
7049 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = array(
7050 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7051 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7052 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7053 * 'author' => array(
7054 * 'Foo Barstein',
7055 * ),
7056 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7057 * 'url' => 'http://example.org/example-extension/',
7058 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7059 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7060 * );
7061 * @endcode
7062 *
7063 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7064 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7065 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7066 * interpreted as wikitext.
7067 *
7068 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7069 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7070 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7071 *
7072 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7073 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7074 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7075 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7076 *
7077 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7078 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7079 * usually are.)
7080 *
7081 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7082 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7083 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7084 * for instance "[http://example ...]".
7085 *
7086 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7087 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7088 *
7089 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7090 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7091 *
7092 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7093 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7094 */
7095 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7096
7097 /**
7098 * Authentication plugin.
7099 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7100 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7101 */
7102 $wgAuth = null;
7103
7104 /**
7105 * Global list of hooks.
7106 *
7107 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7108 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7109 * internally by Hook:run().
7110 *
7111 * The value can be one of:
7112 *
7113 * - A function name:
7114 * @code
7115 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7116 * @endcode
7117 * - A function with some data:
7118 * @code
7119 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = array( $function, $data );
7120 * @endcode
7121 * - A an object method:
7122 * @code
7123 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = array( $object, 'method' );
7124 * @endcode
7125 * - A closure:
7126 * @code
7127 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7128 * // Handler code goes here.
7129 * };
7130 * @endcode
7131 *
7132 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7133 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7134 *
7135 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7136 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7137 */
7138 $wgHooks = [];
7139
7140 /**
7141 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7142 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7143 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7144 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7145 * hook for that.
7146 *
7147 * @see MediaWikiServices
7148 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7149 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7150 */
7151 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7152 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7153 ];
7154
7155 /**
7156 * Maps jobs to their handling classes; extensions
7157 * can add to this to provide custom jobs
7158 */
7159 $wgJobClasses = [
7160 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7161 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7162 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7163 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7164 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7165 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7166 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7167 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7168 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7169 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7170 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7171 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7172 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7173 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7174 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7175 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7176 'null' => 'NullJob'
7177 ];
7178
7179 /**
7180 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7181 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7182 *
7183 * These can be:
7184 * - Very long-running jobs.
7185 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7186 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7187 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7188 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7189 */
7190 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7191
7192 /**
7193 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7194 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7195 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7196 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7197 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7198 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7199 * @var float[]
7200 */
7201 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7202
7203 /**
7204 * Make job runners commit changes for slave-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7205 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on slave lag checks.
7206 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7207 *
7208 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7209 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7210 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7211 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7212 *
7213 * @var float|bool
7214 * @since 1.26
7215 */
7216 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7217
7218 /**
7219 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7220 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7221 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7222 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7223 */
7224 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7225 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7226 ];
7227
7228 /**
7229 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7230 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7231 */
7232 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7233 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7234 ];
7235
7236 /**
7237 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7238 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7239 */
7240 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7241 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7242 ];
7243
7244 /**
7245 * Hooks that are used for outputting exceptions. Format is:
7246 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = $funcname
7247 * or:
7248 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = array( $class, $funcname )
7249 * Hooks should return strings or false
7250 */
7251 $wgExceptionHooks = [];
7252
7253 /**
7254 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7255 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7256 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7257 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7258 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7259 */
7260 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7261 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7262 ];
7263
7264 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7265
7266 /*************************************************************************//**
7267 * @name Categories
7268 * @{
7269 */
7270
7271 /**
7272 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7273 */
7274 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7275
7276 /**
7277 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7278 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7279 */
7280 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7281
7282 /**
7283 * Paging limit for categories
7284 */
7285 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7286
7287 /**
7288 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7289 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7290 *
7291 * Available values are:
7292 *
7293 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7294 *
7295 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7296 *
7297 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7298 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7299 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7300 *
7301 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7302 * installed. See http://php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7303 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7304 * server.
7305 *
7306 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7307 * the sort keys in the database.
7308 *
7309 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7310 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7311 */
7312 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7313
7314 /** @} */ # End categories }
7315
7316 /*************************************************************************//**
7317 * @name Logging
7318 * @{
7319 */
7320
7321 /**
7322 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7323 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7324 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7325 * log type.
7326 */
7327 $wgLogTypes = [
7328 '',
7329 'block',
7330 'protect',
7331 'rights',
7332 'delete',
7333 'upload',
7334 'move',
7335 'import',
7336 'patrol',
7337 'merge',
7338 'suppress',
7339 'tag',
7340 'managetags',
7341 'contentmodel',
7342 ];
7343
7344 /**
7345 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7346 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7347 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7348 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7349 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7350 */
7351 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7352 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7353 ];
7354
7355 /**
7356 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7357 *
7358 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7359 *
7360 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7361 *
7362 * @par Example:
7363 * @code
7364 * $wgFilterLogTypes = array(
7365 * 'move' => true,
7366 * 'import' => false,
7367 * );
7368 * @endcode
7369 *
7370 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7371 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7372 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7373 *
7374 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7375 * for the link text.
7376 */
7377 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7378 'patrol' => true,
7379 'tag' => true,
7380 ];
7381
7382 /**
7383 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7384 * will be listed in the user interface.
7385 *
7386 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7387 *
7388 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7389 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7390 */
7391 $wgLogNames = [
7392 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7393 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7394 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7395 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7396 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7397 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7398 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7399 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7400 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7401 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7402 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7403 ];
7404
7405 /**
7406 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7407 * top of each log type.
7408 *
7409 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7410 *
7411 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7412 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7413 */
7414 $wgLogHeaders = [
7415 '' => 'alllogstext',
7416 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7417 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7418 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7419 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7420 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7421 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7422 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7423 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7424 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7425 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7426 ];
7427
7428 /**
7429 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7430 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7431 *
7432 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7433 */
7434 $wgLogActions = [];
7435
7436 /**
7437 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7438 * not messages.
7439 * @see LogPage::actionText
7440 * @see LogFormatter
7441 */
7442 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7443 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7444 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7445 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7446 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7447 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7448 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7449 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7450 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7451 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7452 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7453 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7454 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7455 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7456 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7457 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7458 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7459 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7460 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7461 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7462 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7463 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7464 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7465 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7466 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7467 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7468 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7469 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7470 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7471 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7472 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7473 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7474 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7475 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7476 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7477 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7478 ];
7479
7480 /**
7481 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7482 *
7483 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7484 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7485 * Extensions may append to this array
7486 * @since 1.27
7487 */
7488 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7489 'block' => [
7490 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7491 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7492 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7493 ],
7494 'contentmodel' => [
7495 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7496 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7497 ],
7498 'delete' => [
7499 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7500 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7501 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7502 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7503 ],
7504 'import' => [
7505 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7506 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7507 ],
7508 'managetags' => [
7509 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7510 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7511 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7512 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7513 ],
7514 'move' => [
7515 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7516 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7517 ],
7518 'newusers' => [
7519 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7520 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7521 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7522 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7523 ],
7524 'patrol' => [
7525 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7526 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7527 ],
7528 'protect' => [
7529 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7530 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7531 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7532 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7533 ],
7534 'rights' => [
7535 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7536 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7537 ],
7538 'suppress' => [
7539 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7540 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7541 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7542 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7543 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7544 ],
7545 'upload' => [
7546 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7547 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7548 ],
7549 ];
7550
7551 /**
7552 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7553 */
7554 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7555
7556 /** @} */ # end logging }
7557
7558 /*************************************************************************//**
7559 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7560 * @{
7561 */
7562
7563 /**
7564 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7565 */
7566 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7567
7568 /**
7569 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7570 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7571 */
7572 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7573
7574 /**
7575 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7576 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7577 */
7578 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7579
7580 /**
7581 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7582 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7583 */
7584 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7585
7586 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7587
7588 /*************************************************************************//**
7589 * @name Actions
7590 * @{
7591 */
7592
7593 /**
7594 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7595 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7596 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7597 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7598 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7599 * instead of the default class.
7600 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7601 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7602 */
7603 $wgActions = [
7604 'credits' => true,
7605 'delete' => true,
7606 'edit' => true,
7607 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7608 'history' => true,
7609 'info' => true,
7610 'markpatrolled' => true,
7611 'protect' => true,
7612 'purge' => true,
7613 'raw' => true,
7614 'render' => true,
7615 'revert' => true,
7616 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7617 'rollback' => true,
7618 'submit' => true,
7619 'unprotect' => true,
7620 'unwatch' => true,
7621 'view' => true,
7622 'watch' => true,
7623 ];
7624
7625 /** @} */ # end actions }
7626
7627 /*************************************************************************//**
7628 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7629 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7630 * @{
7631 */
7632
7633 /**
7634 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7635 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7636 * basis.
7637 */
7638 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7639
7640 /**
7641 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7642 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7643 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7644 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7645 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7646 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7647 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7648 *
7649 * @par Example:
7650 * @code
7651 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = array( NS_TALK => 'noindex' );
7652 * @endcode
7653 */
7654 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7655
7656 /**
7657 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7658 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7659 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7660 *
7661 * @par Example:
7662 * @code
7663 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = array(
7664 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7665 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7666 * );
7667 * @endcode
7668 *
7669 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7670 * forms:
7671 * @code
7672 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = array(
7673 * # Underscore, not space!
7674 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7675 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7676 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7677 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7678 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7679 * );
7680 * @endcode
7681 */
7682 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7683
7684 /**
7685 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7686 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7687 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7688 *
7689 * @par Example:
7690 * @code
7691 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = array( NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT );
7692 * @endcode
7693 */
7694 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7695
7696 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7697
7698 /************************************************************************//**
7699 * @name AJAX and API
7700 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7701 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7702 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7703 * @{
7704 */
7705
7706 /**
7707 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7708 * machine-readable data via api.php
7709 *
7710 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7711 */
7712 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7713
7714 /**
7715 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7716 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7717 * accesses it
7718 */
7719 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7720
7721 /**
7722 *
7723 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7724 *
7725 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7726 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7727 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7728 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7729 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7730 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7731 * requiring POST.
7732 *
7733 * @since 1.21
7734 */
7735 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7736
7737 /**
7738 * API module extensions.
7739 *
7740 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7741 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7742 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7743 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7744 *
7745 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7746 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7747 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7748 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7749 * field.
7750 *
7751 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7752 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7753 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7754 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7755 *
7756 * Examples for registering API modules:
7757 *
7758 * @code
7759 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7760 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = array(
7761 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7762 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7763 * );
7764 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = array(
7765 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7766 * 'factory' => array( 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' )
7767 * );
7768 * @endcode
7769 *
7770 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7771 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7772 */
7773 $wgAPIModules = [];
7774
7775 /**
7776 * API format module extensions.
7777 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7778 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7779 *
7780 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7781 */
7782 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7783
7784 /**
7785 * API Query meta module extensions.
7786 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7787 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7788 *
7789 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7790 */
7791 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7792
7793 /**
7794 * API Query prop module extensions.
7795 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7796 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7797 *
7798 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7799 */
7800 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7801
7802 /**
7803 * API Query list module extensions.
7804 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7805 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7806 *
7807 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7808 */
7809 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7810
7811 /**
7812 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7813 * The default value is generally fine
7814 */
7815 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7816
7817 /**
7818 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7819 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
7820 */
7821 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
7822
7823 /**
7824 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
7825 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
7826 */
7827 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
7828
7829 /**
7830 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB slaves to tolerate
7831 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
7832 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
7833 */
7834 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
7835
7836 /**
7837 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
7838 * API request logging
7839 */
7840 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
7841
7842 /**
7843 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
7844 */
7845 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
7846
7847 /**
7848 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
7849 * API queries.
7850 */
7851 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
7852 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
7853 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
7854 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
7855 ];
7856
7857 /**
7858 * Enable AJAX framework
7859 */
7860 $wgUseAjax = true;
7861
7862 /**
7863 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
7864 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
7865 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
7866 */
7867 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
7868
7869 /**
7870 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
7871 */
7872 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
7873
7874 /**
7875 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
7876 */
7877 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
7878
7879 /**
7880 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
7881 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
7882 */
7883 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
7884
7885 /**
7886 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
7887 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
7888 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
7889 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
7890 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
7891 *
7892 * - '*' matches any number of characters
7893 * - '?' matches any 1 character
7894 *
7895 * @par Example:
7896 * @code
7897 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = array(
7898 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
7899 * '*.wikipedia.org',
7900 * '*.wikimedia.org',
7901 * '*.wiktionary.org',
7902 * );
7903 * @endcode
7904 */
7905 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
7906
7907 /**
7908 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
7909 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7910 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7911 */
7912 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
7913
7914 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
7915
7916 /************************************************************************//**
7917 * @name Shell and process control
7918 * @{
7919 */
7920
7921 /**
7922 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
7923 */
7924 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
7925
7926 /**
7927 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
7928 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
7929 */
7930 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
7931
7932 /**
7933 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7934 */
7935 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
7936
7937 /**
7938 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
7939 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7940 */
7941 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
7942
7943 /**
7944 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
7945 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
7946 *
7947 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
7948 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
7949 * them segfault or deadlock.
7950 *
7951 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
7952 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
7953 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
7954 *
7955 * @par Example:
7956 * @code
7957 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
7958 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
7959 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
7960 * @endcode
7961 *
7962 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
7963 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
7964 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
7965 */
7966 $wgShellCgroup = false;
7967
7968 /**
7969 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
7970 */
7971 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
7972
7973 /**
7974 * Locale for LC_CTYPE, to work around http://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
7975 * For Unix-like operating systems, set this to to a locale that has a UTF-8
7976 * character set. Only the character set is relevant.
7977 */
7978 $wgShellLocale = 'en_US.utf8';
7979
7980 /** @} */ # End shell }
7981
7982 /************************************************************************//**
7983 * @name HTTP client
7984 * @{
7985 */
7986
7987 /**
7988 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
7989 */
7990 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
7991
7992 /**
7993 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
7994 */
7995 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
7996
7997 /**
7998 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
7999 */
8000 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8001
8002 /**
8003 * Local virtual hosts.
8004 *
8005 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8006 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
8007 * then no proxy will be used.
8008 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8009 * proxy if it is configured.
8010 * @since 1.25
8011 */
8012 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8013
8014 /**
8015 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8016 * Only works for curl
8017 */
8018 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8019
8020 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8021
8022 /************************************************************************//**
8023 * @name Job queue
8024 * @{
8025 */
8026
8027 /**
8028 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8029 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8030 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8031 * be run periodically.
8032 */
8033 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8034
8035 /**
8036 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8037 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8038 * execution finishes.
8039 * @since 1.23
8040 */
8041 $wgRunJobsAsync = true;
8042
8043 /**
8044 * Number of rows to update per job
8045 */
8046 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8047
8048 /**
8049 * Number of rows to update per query
8050 */
8051 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8052
8053 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8054
8055 /************************************************************************//**
8056 * @name Miscellaneous
8057 * @{
8058 */
8059
8060 /**
8061 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8062 * * false: default PHP implementation
8063 * * 'wikidiff2': Wikimedia's fast difference engine implemented as a PHP/HHVM module
8064 * * 'wikidiff' and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8065 * * any other string is treated as a path to external diff executable
8066 */
8067 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8068
8069 /**
8070 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8071 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8072 *
8073 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8074 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8075 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8076 */
8077 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8078
8079 /**
8080 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8081 * For debugging
8082 */
8083 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8084
8085 /**
8086 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8087 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8088 */
8089 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8090
8091 /**
8092 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8093 */
8094 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8095
8096 /**
8097 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8098 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8099 */
8100 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8101
8102 /**
8103 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8104 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8105 */
8106 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8107
8108 /**
8109 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8110 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8111 *
8112 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8113 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8114 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8115 * parameters.
8116 *
8117 * @par Example:
8118 * @code
8119 * $wgPoolCounterConf = array( 'ArticleView' => array(
8120 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8121 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8122 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8123 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8124 * ... any extension-specific options...
8125 * );
8126 * @endcode
8127 */
8128 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8129
8130 /**
8131 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8132 */
8133 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8134
8135 /**
8136 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8137 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8138 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8139 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8140 *
8141 * @since 1.21
8142 */
8143 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8144
8145 /**
8146 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8147 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8148 *
8149 * * 'ignore': return null
8150 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8151 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8152 *
8153 * @since 1.21
8154 */
8155 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8156
8157 /**
8158 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8159 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8160 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8161 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8162 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8163 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8164 *
8165 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8166 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8167 *
8168 * @since 1.21
8169 */
8170 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8171
8172 /**
8173 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8174 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8175 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8176 *
8177 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8178 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8179 *
8180 * @since 1.21
8181 */
8182 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8183 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8184 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8185 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8186 ];
8187
8188 /**
8189 * Whether the user must enter their password to change their e-mail address
8190 *
8191 * @since 1.20
8192 */
8193 $wgRequirePasswordforEmailChange = true;
8194
8195 /**
8196 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8197 *
8198 * @since 1.20
8199 */
8200 $wgSiteTypes = [
8201 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8202 ];
8203
8204 /**
8205 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8206 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8207 * @since 1.23
8208 */
8209 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8210
8211 /**
8212 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8213 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8214 * @see bug 65184
8215 * @since 1.24
8216 */
8217 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8218
8219 /**
8220 * Secret for session storage.
8221 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8222 * be used.
8223 * @since 1.27
8224 */
8225 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8226
8227 /**
8228 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8229 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8230 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8231 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8232 * @since 1.27
8233 */
8234 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8235
8236 /**
8237 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8238 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8239 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8240 * be used.
8241 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8242 * @since 1.24
8243 */
8244 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8245
8246 /**
8247 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8248 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8249 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8250 * @since 1.24
8251 */
8252 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8253
8254 /**
8255 * Enable page language feature
8256 * Allows setting page language in database
8257 * @var bool
8258 * @since 1.24
8259 */
8260 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8261
8262 /**
8263 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8264 * Parameters for different services are to be declared inside
8265 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules'], which is to be treated as an associative
8266 * array. Global parameters will be merged with service-specific ones. The
8267 * result will then be passed to VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the
8268 * module.
8269 *
8270 * Example config for Parsoid:
8271 *
8272 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = array(
8273 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8274 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8275 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8276 * );
8277 *
8278 * @var array
8279 * @since 1.25
8280 */
8281 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8282 'modules' => [],
8283 'global' => [
8284 # Timeout in seconds
8285 'timeout' => 360,
8286 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8287 'forwardCookies' => false,
8288 'HTTPProxy' => null
8289 ]
8290 ];
8291
8292 /**
8293 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8294 * these suggestions.
8295 *
8296 * @var bool
8297 * @since 1.26
8298 */
8299 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8300
8301 /**
8302 * Where popular password file is located.
8303 *
8304 * Default in core contains 50,000 most popular. This config
8305 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8306 * a password file with > 50000 entries in it.
8307 *
8308 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8309 * @since 1.27
8310 * @var string path to file
8311 */
8312 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8313
8314 /*
8315 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8316 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8317 *
8318 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8319 * @since 1.27
8320 */
8321 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8322
8323 /**
8324 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8325 *
8326 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8327 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8328 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8329 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8330 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8331 *
8332 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8333 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8334 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8335 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8336 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8337 *
8338 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8339 *
8340 * @since 1.27
8341 */
8342 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8343 'default' => [
8344 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8345 ]
8346 ];
8347
8348 /**
8349 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8350 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8351 * @}
8352 */